AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

Piquadro

Annual Report Jun 29, 2015

4279_10-k_2015-06-29_52a68692-85dc-4fad-b400-be3872b82bc7.pdf

Annual Report

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT ON OPERATIONS AT 31 MARCH 2015

NOTICE OF CALL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING Page 4
REPORT ON OPERATIONS AS AT 31 MARCH 2015 Page 8
CORPORATE BODIES Page 10
THE GROUP STRUCTURE Page 11
INFORMATION ON OPERATIONS Page 11
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY Page 18
RELATIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES Page 19
PERFORMANCE OF PIQUADRO S.p.A. Page 19
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE YEAR-END Page 24
OUTLOOK Page 24
OTHER INFORMATION Page 24
LEGISLATIVE DECREE NO. 231/2001 Page 25
EQUITY INVESTMENTS HELD BY THE MEMBERS OF
THE CORPORATE BODIES
Page 25
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND SELF-REGULATORY CODE Page 26
DIRECTION AND COORDINATION ACTIVITY Page 29
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES Page 30
INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ARTICLES 36 AND 39
OF THE MARKETS' REGULATION
Page 30
INFORMATION BY BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND ANALYSIS
OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GROUP'S OPERATIONS
Page 30
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AT 31 MARCH 2015 Pages 42 - 48
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION Page 43
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT Page 45
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Page 46
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED EQUITY Page 47
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS Page 48
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AT 31 MARCH 2015
Pages 49 - 98
CERTIFICATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PURSUANT TO Article 81 TER –CONSOB REGULATION
Page 99
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT AT 31 MARCH 2015 Page 100
PIQUADRO S.p.A. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AT 31 MARCH 2015
Pages 102 - 108
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION Page 103
INCOME STATEMENT Page 105
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Page 106
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY Page 107
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS Page 108
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
PIQUADRO S.p.A. AS AT 31 MARCH 2015
Pages 114--160
CERTIFICATION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PURSUANT TO ART. 81 TER –CONSOB REGULATION
Page 161
KEY DATA OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
SUBSIDIARIES AT 31 MARCH 2015
Page 162
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT AT 31 MARCH 2015 Page 166

NOTICE OF CALL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

The Shareholders' Meeting of Piquadro S.p.A. is hereby called, on 23 July 2015 at 11:00 a.m., on first call, at the registered office, Località Sassuriano, 246, Silla di Gaggio Montano (Province of Bologna), and, if required, on second call, on 27 July 2015, in the same place and at the same time, in order to discuss and resolve on the following

Agenda

    1. Approval of the financial statements and presentation of the consolidated financial statements relating to the financial year ended 31 March 2015; proposed allocation of profits; Board of Directors' Report on operations; Independent Auditors' Report; Report of the Board of Statutory Auditors; inherent and consequent resolutions.
    1. Presentation of the Annual report on remuneration and consultative vote of the Shareholders' Meeting on the Section 1 of the Report on Remuneration pursuant to article 123-ter of Legislative Decree no. 58/1998.
    1. Proposed authorisation submitted to the Board for the purchase and sale of treasury shares; inherent and consequent resolutions.

Share capital and voting rights

The current share capital of Piquadro S.p.A., subscribed and paid up, is Euro 1,000,000 and is divided into no. 50,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value; each ordinary share is entitled to one vote at the ordinary and extraordinary shareholders' meetings of the Company.

Attendance to the Shareholders' Meeting

Pursuant to law and to article 13 of the Company's By-Laws, the right to attend the Shareholders' Meeting and to exercise voting rights is certified by a special notice to be given to the Company by an authorised intermediary, pursuant to law and according to its accounting records, in favour of the person who is entitled to vote on the basis of the records relating to the end of the accounting session of the seventh open-market day prior to the date set for the Shareholders' Meeting, falling on 14 July 2015.

Those who will become holders of shares after that date will not be entitled to attend and vote at the Shareholders' Meeting. Therefore, the credit and debit entries entered in the accounts after this date are not relevant for the purposes of the right to exercise voting rights at the Shareholders' Meeting.

In order to facilitate the assessment of the right, the entitled persons are invited to produce a copy of the notice given to the Company by the intermediary which, in accordance with the regulations in force, is required to make available to them.

The abovementioned notices shall be sent to the Company by the intermediary within the time limits set out by the regulations in force, i.e. by the end of the third open-market day prior to the date set for the Shareholders' Meeting. This provision shall apply without prejudice to the right to attend the meeting and to vote in the event of the notices being received by the Company after the time limits specified, provided they are received by the beginning of the meeting's proceedings. The attendance by the shareholders at the Shareholders' Meeting is regulated by the relevant laws and regulations.

Each Shareholder who is entitled to attend the Shareholders' Meeting may be represented by others, by a written proxy pursuant to the current provisions of law. A proxy form is also available on the Company's website: www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations, as well as at the registered office. The proxy may be notified to the Company, by registered letter to be sent to the registered office of the Company or by e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address [email protected]. The preliminary notification (if any) does not exempt the proxy from the obligation to certify, at the time of the accreditation to access the meeting's proceedings, the compliance by the notified copy with the original document and the identity of the appointing party.

Pursuant to article 135-undecies of Legislative Decree no. 58/1998 ("TUF", Testo Unico della Finanza, Consolidated Act on Finance), the Company has appointed Società per Amministrazioni Fiduciarie "SPAFID" S.p.A. as Representative of the Shareholders. The Representative may be granted a written proxy on the proposals in the agenda of the Shareholders' Meetings, provided that it is sent to the aforesaid Company, by courier or by registered letter with return receipt, to the address in Milan (20121), Foro Buonaparte no. 10, by the end of the second open-market day prior to the date set for the Shareholders' Meeting (i.e. by 21 July 2015, or, should the Shareholders' Meeting be held on second call, by 23 July 2015). The related proxy form can be found on the Company's website www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations, and at the Company's registered office.

The voting right may be exercised for the sole proposals in relation to which voting instructions have been given.

The proxies and voting instructions granted to the Representative of Shareholders may be revoked by the same time limit as specified above (i.e. by 21 July 2015, or, should the Shareholders' Meeting be held on second call, by 23 July 2015). Pursuant to article 127-ter of the T.U.F., the Shareholders may make questions on the issues on the agenda, also before

the Shareholders' Meeting, by sending the same to the Company's registered office by registered letter or by e-mail to the e-mail address [email protected]; the questions received before the Shareholders' Meetings will be given a reply at the latest during the same. The Company may provide a single reply to the questions having the same content.

Voting procedures may not be carried out by correspondence or by electronic means.

Additions to the agenda

Pursuant to article 126-bis of the TUF, the Shareholders who represent, also jointly, at least a fortieth of the share capital, may ask, within 10 days of the publication of this notice (i.e. by 30 June 2015), to make additions to the list of issues to be discussed, specifying the additional proposed issues in the request. With reference to the limits, the procedures and/or the time limits for these additions, reference is made to the current laws and regulations and section 12.5 of the Company's By-Laws.

Documentation

The Company's By-Laws, whose current text is available to the Shareholders at the registered office, may be perused on the Company's website www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

The documentation relating to the issues on the agenda required by the current regulations, the full texts of the proposed resolutions, together with the explanatory reports required by the current regulations and any other information under article 125-quater of the TUF are made available to the public at the registered office and published on the Company's website www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations, within the time limits set out by law and according to the procedures envisaged by the current regulations.

The annual financial report (including the draft financial statements, the consolidated financial statements, the report on operations and the certification required by article 154-bis, paragraph 5, of the TUF), the independent auditors' report, as well as the Board of Statutory Auditors' report will be made available to the public, at the registered office and made available on the Company's website www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations, within the time limits set out by law and according to the procedures envisaged by the current regulations.

The Shareholders are entitled to obtain a copy thereof.

The Shareholders' Meeting may be attended by experts, financial analysts and journalists who are invited to send, for this purpose, a request for participation at least two days before the meeting on first call to the following fax number: fax +39 0534 409090.

Silla di Gaggio Montano, 20 June 2015

The Chairman of the Board of Directors Marco Palmieri

Corporate details

Piquadro S.p.A.

Registered office: Località Sassuriano, 246 - 40041 Silla di Gaggio Montano (Province of Bologna)

Authorised Share Capital: Euro 1,093,998

Subscribed and paid-up Share Capital: Euro 1,000,000

Bologna Register of Companies, Fiscal Code and VAT no. 02554531208

Production plants, offices and directly operated stores ("DOSs") through which the Group operates

Silla di Gaggio Montano, Località Sassuriano (Province of Bologna) Headquarters, logistics and Offices

Guangdong, The People's Republic of China (registered office of Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd) Production plant

Milan - Via della Spiga 33 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Milan - Linate Airport (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Barcelona - Paseo de Gracia 11, Planta Baja (Piquadro España) Point of sale Rome - Galleria Colonna (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Bologna - Piazza Maggiore 4/B (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Barberino del Mugello (FI) – "Factory Outlet Centre" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Fidenza (PR) - "Fidenza Village" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Rome - c/o Centro Commerciale Cinecittà (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Rome - c/o Galleria N. Commerciale di "Porta Roma"(Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Vicolungo (NO) - Parco Commerciale (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Rome - c/o Euroma 2 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Valdichiana (AR) - "Valdichiana Outlet Village" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Noventa di Piave (VE) - "Factory Outlet Centre" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Rome – Fiumicino Airport (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Milan - Via Dante 9 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Bologna - "G. Marconi" Airport (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Barcelona - "La Roca Village" (Piquadro España) Retail outlet Taipei (Taiwan) - Eslite Dun Nan (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale Taipei (Taiwan) - Xin Yin Shop (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale Hong Kong - Kowloon – I Square Shopping Mall (Piquadro Hong Kong Ltd) Point of sale Marcianise (CE) - c/o "Factory Outlet Centre" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Agira (EN) - Sicilia Fashion Outlet Centre (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Rome - Fiumicino Airport Terminal 3 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Rimini - Shopping Mall "Le Befane" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Milan – Corso Buenos Aires 10 (Piquadro S.p.A) Point of sale Kaohsiung City (Taiwan) - Shopping Mall "Dream Mall" (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale Assago (MI) – Shopping Mall "Milanofiori" (Piquadro S.p.A) Point of sale Pescara – Via Trento 10 (Piquadro S.p.A) Point of sale Mantova – Shopping Mall "Fashion District" (Piquadro S.p.A) Retail outlet Rozzano (MI) – Shopping Mall "Fiordaliso" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Rome – Via Frattina 149 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Mendrisio (Switzerland) – Fox Town Outlet Centre (Piquadro Swiss) Retail outlet Barcelona (Spain) – El Corte Ingles, Placa Catalunya 14 (Piquadro España) Point of sale Verona – Piazza delle Erbe 10 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Milan - Malpensa Airport Terminal 1 - Area Tulipano (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Paris (France) – Rue Saint Honorè 330/332 (Piquadro France) Point of sale Castelromano (RM) – "Factory Outlet Centre" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet Venice – Mercerie del Capitello 4940 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Turin – Via Roma 330/332 (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Florence – Via Calimala 7/r (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale Forte dei Marmi (LU) – Via Mazzini 15/b (Piquadro S.p.A.) Point of sale

Valencia (Spain) – El Corte Ingles, Calle Pintor Sorolla (Piquadro España) Point of sale
Tainan City (Taiwan) – Mitsukoshi (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale
Barcelona (Spain) – El Corte Ingles Diagonal, Av. Diagonal (Piquadro España) Point of sale
Roissy en France (France) – Aeroville (Piquadro France) Point of sale
London (United Kingdom) – Regent Street 67 (Piquadro UK Limited) Point of sale
Castelguelfo (BO) - "The Style Outlets" (Piquadro S.p.A.) Retail outlet
Tainan City (Taiwan) – Dream Mall Tainan (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale
Taipei (Taiwan) - Sogo Zhongxiao Shop (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale
Hong Kong – Hong Kong Island – Sogo Causeway (Piquadro Hong Kong Ltd) Point of sale
Taipei City (Taiwan) – Mitsukoshi Taipei Xinyi (Piquadro Taiwan) Point of sale

REPORT ON OPERATIONS AS AT 31 MARCH 2015

Introduction

This Report on Operations (or the "Report") relates to the consolidated and separate financial statements of Piquadro S.p.A. (hereinafter also referred to as the "Company" or the "Parent Company") and its subsidiaries ("Piquadro Group" or the "Group") as at 31 March 2015, as prepared in accordance with IAS/IFRS ("International Accounting Standards" and "International Financial Reporting Standards") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and endorsed by the European Union. The Report must be read together with the Financial Statements and the related explanatory Notes, which make up the financial statements relating to the financial year 1 April 2014 – 31 March 2015 (the "FY 2014/2015").

The financial year under consideration is compared to the data for the 2013/2014 financial year (the "FY 2013/2014"), which relates to the period from 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014.

Except as otherwise indicated, in this Report the accounting balances are shown in thousands of Euro, in order to facilitate its reading and to improve its clarity.

CORPORATE BODIES HOLDING OFFICE AT 31 MARCH 2015

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(holding office for three years until the date of the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the financial statements as at 31 March 2016)

Marco Palmieri Chairman and CEO
Marcello Piccioli Managing director
Roberto Trotta Managing director
Pierpaolo Palmieri Managing director
Anna Gatti Director
Paola Bonomo Director
Gianni Lorenzoni Director

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

(holding office for three years until the date of the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the financial statements as at 31 March 2016)

Gianni Lorenzoni Chairman
Paola Bonomo Independent non-executive director
Anna Gatti Independent non-executive director

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

(holding office for three years until the date of the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the financial statements as at 31 March 2016)

Paola Bonomo Chairman

Gianni Lorenzoni Independent non-executive director Anna Gatti Independent non-executive director

LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR Gianni Lorenzoni

BOARD OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

(holding office for three years until the date of the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the financial statements as at 31 March 2016)

Regular members Giuseppe Fredella Chairman Pietro Michele Villa Patrizia Lucia Maria Riva

Substitute members Giacomo Passaniti Maria Stefania Sala

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS (holding office for nine years until the date of the Shareholders' Meeting called to approve the financial statements as at 31 March 2016)

PricewaterhouseCoopers S.p.A.

  • MANAGER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PREPARATION OF CORPORATE ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS Roberto Trotta
  • SUPERVISORY BOARD

Mario Panzeri

THE GROUP STRUCTURE

The chart below shows the structure of the Piquadro Group as at 31 March 2015:

The Group's business

The Piquadro Group operates in the leather goods market and designs, manufactures and markets goods under its own brand name; these goods are distinguished by a focus on design and on technical and functional innovation, which is then transferred to the manufacture of bags, suitcases and accessories.

The flexibility of the business model adopted by the Group allows it to maintain control over all of the critical phases of the production and distribution chain. Indeed, the Group carries out the design, planning, production, purchasing, quality, marketing, communication and distribution phases wholly within the confines of its organisation and only resorts to outsourcing for a part of the production activities, although it also retains control over the quality and efficiency of the phases that are currently outsourced.

As of 31 March 2015, part of the small leather goods and of some lines of briefcases, which accounts for about 40.4% of the Group's turnover, were produced internally, through the Subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. at the plant located in Zhongshan in the region of Guangdong (People's Republic of China). Production activities that are partially carried out by companies outside the Group are outsourced to external workshops of proven competence, reliability and quality located in the areas of China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. This activity is carried out on the basis of prototypes that are engineered and supplied by the Group, whose own employees then carry out direct checks of the quality of the manufactured products.

Piquadro products are sold through a network of specialist stores that are able to enhance the prestige of the Piquadro brand. For this purpose, the Group makes use of a distribution network focused on two channels:

  • (i) a direct channel which, as at 31 March 2015, included 51 directly operated single-brand stores (the socalled "Directly Operated Stores" or "DOSs";
  • (ii) an indirect channel (Wholesale), which is represented by multi-brand shops/department stores, singlebrand shops run by third parties linked to the Group by franchise agreements (51 shops as at 31 March 2015) and by distributors who then resell the articles in specialist multi-brand shops.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, about 36.0% of the Group's consolidated revenues were achieved through the direct channel (the same percentage as that recorded at 31 March 2014), while the remaining 64.0% of consolidated revenues was achieved through the indirect channel (the same percentage as that recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

Operations

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015 the Piquadro Group recorded, at revenue level, an increasing performance of 6.6% compared to the FY 2013/2014.

In fact, the Piquadro Group reported net sales revenues equal to Euro 67,209 thousand compared to Euro 63,053 thousand recorded in the previous year (+6.6%). The increase in revenues, which is commented on in detail below in this Report, was attributable both to an increase in sales to independent distributors and an increase in sales in the DOS channel, in addition to an increase in sales generated from the e-commerce website of the Group.

Sales volumes, in terms of quantities sold during the financial year ended 31 March 2015, were equal to about 978 thousand units, up by about 6.2% compared to the value posted in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (about 924 thousand units sold). As regards average selling prices, the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase equal to about 1.4% compared to the previous year, including the mix effect.

Sales revenues

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Piquadro Group reported sales revenues equal to Euro 67,209 thousand, up by 6.6% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014. The increase in the turnover was determined by the growth in both DOS and Wholesale channels. The DOS channel also included the sales generated from the e-commerce website of the Group, up by 42.6% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014.

Below are reported the breakdowns of revenues by distribution channel and geographical area.

Breakdown of revenues by distribution channel

The table below reports the breakdown of consolidated sales revenues by distribution channel, expressed in thousands of Euro for the financial year ended 31 March 2015 and compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014:

Sales channel
(In
thousands
Euro)
Sales revenues as at
of
31 March 2015
% Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2014
% % change
2015/2014
DOSs 24,181 36.0% 22,677 36.0% 6.6%
Wholesale 43,028 64.0% 40,376 64.0% 6.6%
Total 67,209 100.0% 63,053 100.0% 6.6%

The revenues reported by the DOS channel increased by 6.6% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014; this increase was determined both by the marginal increase in the quantities sold in the already existing shops in the previous year and by the contribution given by the opening of 7 new shops, net of the closures of 14 shops, which mainly took place in the Far East area. The DOS channel also included the sales from the Group's ecommerce website, which showed an increase of 42.6%. Assuming that the perimeter remained unchanged and then deducted the sales recorded by the shops which were not present in the previous financial year, the sales revenues reported by the DOS channel recorded an increase equal to about 2.9% (assuming an equal number of days of opening and constant rates of exchange, the Same Store Sales Growth – SSSG- reported an increase equal to about 2.0%).

The strategy planned by the Group is aimed at also developing sales activities through the DOS shops in view of the capacity to maximise the prestige of the Piquadro brand, in addition allowing distribution to be controlled more directly and greater attention to be paid to satisfying the end consumer.

Sales reported by the Wholesale channel, which accounted for 64.0% of the Group's total turnover at 31 March 2015, recorded an increase of 6.6% compared to the FY 2013/2014. This growth was driven by sales on the domestic market. On the contrary, the sales in Europe suffered from the consequences of a decline in the orders in two of the most important foreign markets for Piquadro, Russia and Ukraine, a decline that entailed a decrease of 16.1% in the sales in the European Wholesale channel, despite an increase of 14.4% in the Wholesale channel in the other European markets, which was driven by Germany with +8.1% and Spain with +9.7%. Sales reported by the Wholesale channel in the European market, at 31 March 2015, accounted for 18.9% of the Wholesale sales of the Piquadro Group. At 31 March 2015, sales reported by the Wholesale channel in the foreign market (which includes Europe and the non-European geographical area named "Rest of the World") accounted for 15.1% of the consolidated turnover (17.5% as at 31 March 2014). On the contrary, sales reported by the Wholesale channel in the domestic market accounted for 48.9% of the consolidated turnover (46.6% as at 31 March 2014), up by 11.8%.

Breakdown of revenues by geographical area

(in
thousands
Euro)
of
Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2015
% Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2014
% % change
2015/2014
Italy 50,882 75.7% 45,526 72.2% 11.8%
Europe 11,748 17.5% 12,713 20.2% (7.6%)
Rest of the World 4,579 6.8% 4,814 7.6% (4.9%)
Total 67,209 100.0% 63,053 100.0% 6.6%

The table below reports the breakdown of net revenues by geographical area (in thousands of Euro):

From a geographical point of view, at 31 March 2015, the Group's revenues showed an increase of 11.8% in the sales on the Italian market, which accounts for a percentage of the Group's total turnover which is still high, equal to 75.7%. On the contrary, in the European market, the Group recorded a turnover of Euro 11.7 million, equal to 17.5% of consolidated sales (20.2% of consolidated sales at 31 March 2014), down by 7.6% compared to the FY 2013/2014 owing to a shrinkage in orders from Russia and Ukraine. However, it should be pointed out that, net of these two markets, the sales in the European market showed an increase of more than 17%. In the non-European geographical area (named "Rest of the World"), where the Group sells in 19 Countries, turnover decreased by 4.9% compared to the FY 2013/2014, mainly as a result of the reorganisation of distribution in the Asian markets, which led to the closure of fourteen DOSs mainly located in Hong Kong, Macau, China and Taiwan with a view to the new distribution model that led to the signature of an agreement with a Chinese partner.

To complete the analysis of turnover reported above, the Management believes that the main factors which had a significant impact on the Group's volume of sales revenues in the current financial year are linked to the following:

  • (i) increased quantities sold equal to 6.2% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014;
  • (ii) a positive SSSG data in the comparable shops, equal to about 2.9% at current exchange rates;
  • (iii) an increase in average prices, including the mix effect, equal to about 0.4% in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014;
  • (iv) opening of new points of sale, in the DOS channel (8 shops opened in the financial year ended 31 March 2014), which accounted for about 1.5%;
  • (v) the closing down of 14 shops (of which 3 in Italy and 11 in the geographical area which includes Hong Kong, Taiwan and China), which accounted for about 3.0% compared to the turnover of the previous financial year.

The financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2015 saw a decrease in the performance of the Group's profitability compared to the same period in the previous year, with an operating result down by 7.5% compared to the FY 2013/2014 (from Euro 6,439 thousand – equal to 10.2% of total sales revenues - in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 5,958 thousand - equal to 8.9% of total sales revenues - in the financial year ended 31 March 2015). The decrease in the operating result was mainly attributable to higher production costs that increased, in particular, in the last quarter of the year because of an appreciation of the US Dollar, which was largely offset by the forward hedges entered into by the Parent Company, the effects of which have been recognised under financial operations and, consequently, under the pre-tax result.

At pre-tax result level, the Group recorded an increase of 8.7%, passing from Euro 5,468 thousand at 31 March 2014 to Euro 5,942 thousand recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Summary economic-financial data

Below are reported the Group's main economic-financial indicators as at 31 March 2015:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Revenues from sales 67,209 63,053
EBITDA (a) 8,796 8,912
EBIT (b) 5,958 6,439
Pre-tax result 5,942 5,468
Profit for the period 4,079 3,510
Net Financial Position (c) (7,012) (10,209)
Shareholders' equity 35,411 31,664
Amortisation and depreciation of fixed assets and write 3,224 2,903
downs of receivables
Financial absorption (Group net profit, amortisation and 7,303 6,413
depreciation, write-downs)
  • a) EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation, or Gross Operating Margin) is an economic indicator that is not defined by the International Accounting Standards. EBITDA is a unit of measurement utilised by the Management to monitor and assess the Group's operational performance. The Management believes that EBITDA is an important parameter for the measurement of the Group's performance, as it is not affected by the volatility due to the effects of the various criteria for the determination of taxable income, by the amount and characteristics of the capital employed, as well as by the amortisation and depreciation policies. EBITDA is defined as the Earnings for the period before depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of intangible assets, financial income and charges and the income taxes for the period.
  • b) Operating result (EBIT Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) is the Earnings for the period before financial income and charges and income taxes.
  • c) The Net Financial Position ("NFP") utilised as a financial indicator of borrowing, is represented as the sum of the following positive and negative components of the Statement of Financial Position, as required by CONSOB Notice no. 6064293 of 28 July 2006. Positive components: cash and cash equivalents, liquid securities under current assets, short-term financial receivables. Negative components: payables to banks, payables to other lenders, leasing and factoring companies.

EBITDA for the period came to Euro 8,796 thousand, against Euro 8,912 thousand recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 and as at 31 March 2015 it accounted for 13.1% of consolidated revenues (14.1% in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Group used about Euro 3.7 million for marketing and communication activities (Euro 3.3 million as at 31 March 2014) in order to develop and promote the Piquadro brand.

Amortisation and depreciation were equal to Euro 2,414 thousand and related to the depreciation of the building where the Company operates for about Euro 196 thousand, the depreciation of plant and machinery for Euro 74 thousand, the depreciation of industrial and business equipment for Euro 1,446 thousand (including fittings for shops for about Euro 1,274 thousand), the depreciation of other assets for Euro 4 thousand, the amortisation of the key moneys paid out for Euro 457 thousand, the amortisation of software for 178 thousand, the amortization of patent rights for Euro 5 thousand and the amortization of trademarks for Euro 59 thousand.

Write-downs, equal to Euro 424 thousand, related to the write-down of furniture and fittings for the disposal of some shops in Europe and in the Far East area.

EBIT came to Euro 5,958 thousand, equal to 8.8% of net sales revenues, down by 7.5% compared to the value recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (Euro 6,439 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014, equal to 10.2% of net sales revenues). In general, the relative decrease in the EBIT was attributable to higher production costs that increased, in particular, in the last quarter of the year because of an appreciation of the US Dollar, which was largely offset by the forward hedges entered into by the Parent Company, the effects of which have been recognised under financial operations and, consequently, under the pre-tax result.

The result from financial operations, which posted a negative value of Euro 16 thousand (against a negative value of Euro 971 thousand as at 31 March 2014), was attributable to the net financial debt dynamics, which was partially offset by the differential between foreign exchange gains and losses (which was positive for Euro 744 thousand as at 31 March 2015, against a negative value of Euro 225 thousand at 31 March 2014).

The pre-tax result recorded by the Group in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 came to about Euro 5,942 thousand (up by 8.7% against the value recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2014, equal to Euro 5,468 thousand) and was affected by income taxes, including the effects of deferred taxation, equal to Euro 1,863 thousand, for an overall tax rate amounting to 31.4% (35.8% for the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

The results obtained in the last financial year were positive and were achieved through increased efficiency in the design, manufacturing and distribution processes, as a result of constant and ever increasing research to optimise the flows of the entire process (from product development to distribution to the end consumer) and through the strengthening of the typical consumer's brand perception.

Profitability ratios

Below are reported the main profitability ratios relating to the FYs ended 31 March 2015 and as at 31 March 2014:

Profitability ratio Composition of the ratio 31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Return on sales (R.O.S.) EBIT/Net sales revenues 8.9% 10.2%
Return on Investment (R.O.I.) EBIT/Net invested capital 13.5% 15.4%
Return on Equity (R.O.E.) Profit
for
the
period/Shareholders'
equity
11.6% 11.1%

The changes recorded in the ratios reported above are to be mainly attributed to increased sales recorded in the Wholesale channel recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Investments

Investments in intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and non-current financial assets were equal to Euro 1,647 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 3,917 thousand as at 31 March 2014), as reported below:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Investments
Intangible assets 213 1,823
Property, plant and equipment 1,368 2,094
Non-current financial assets - -
Total 1,581 3,917

Increases in intangible assets, equal to Euro 213 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,823 thousand as at 31 March 2014) mainly related to investments in software and IT products for Euro 139 thousands and to trademarks for Euro 45 thousand.

Increases in property, plant and equipment, equal to Euro 1,368 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 2,094 thousand as at 31 March 2014), were mainly attributable to the purchases of moulds relating to new products for Euro 48 thousand, to furniture and fittings for Euro 1,079 thousand and to sundry equipment purchased for new DOSs opened in the period under consideration and to the refurbishment of some existing shops for Euro 81 thousand, to the purchase of electronic machines for Euro 76 thousand, to the purchase of minor assets for Euro 6 thousand, to the purchase of motor vehicles for Euro 30 thousand and to property, plant and equipment under construction (relating to furniture and fittings paid for the opening of new shops) for Euro 48 thousand.

Balance Sheet

Below is summarised the Group's consolidated equity and financial structure:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Trade receivables 23,185 21,095
Inventories 15,962 15,836
(Trade payables) (13,657) (12,887)
Total net current trade assets 25,490 24,044
Other current assets 1,537 1,480
Tax receivables 907 256
(Other current liabilities) (3,266) (3,088)
(Tax payables) (163) -
A) Working capital 24,505 22,692
Intangible assets 4,608 5,020
Property, plant and equipment 12,624 13,059
Receivables from others beyond 12 months 682 849
Deferred tax assets 1,339 1,571
B) Fixed assets 19,253 20,499
C) Non-current provisions and non-financial liabilities (1,335) (1,318)
Net invested capital (A+B+C) 42,423 41,873
FINANCED BY:
D) Net financial debt 7,012 10,209
E) Equity attributable to minority interests 4
F) Equity attributable to the Group 35,411 31,660
Total borrowings and Shareholders' Equity (D+E+F) 42,423 41,873

Net financial position

Below is the statement showing the Net Financial Position of the Piquadro Group:

in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(A) Cash 85 95
(B) Other cash and cash equivalents (available current bank
accounts)
12,620 10,890
(C) Liquidity (A) + (B) 12,705 10,985
(D) Finance leases (625) (576)
(E) Current bank debt - (3)
(F) Current portion of non-current debt (9,695) (7,694)
(G) Current financial debt (D) + (E) + (F) (10,320) (8,273)
(H) Short-term net financial position (C) + (G) 2,385 2,712
(I) Non-current bank debt (7,312) (10,317)
(L) Finance leases (2,085) (2,604)
(M) Non-current financial debt (I) + (L) (9,397) (12,921)
(N) Net Financial Position (H) + (M) (7,012) (10,209)

As at 31 March 2015, the Net Financial Position posted a negative value of about Euro 7.0 million, improved by about Euro 3.2 million compared to the debt of about Euro 10.2 million recorded as at 31 March 2014.

The main reasons for the trend in the Net Financial Position are attributable to the following factors:

  • a free cash flow from operating activities equal to about Euro 7 million;
  • dividends paid in relation to the profit for the FY 2013/2014 for Euro 1.0 million (with a payout equal to about 27.7% of the profit resulting from the separate financial statements of the Parent Company);
  • investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for about Euro 1.6 million;
  • an increase in the net current assets of about Euro 1.4 million, which was mostly due to an increase in trade receivables.

Reconciliation of the Parent Company's Shareholders' Equity and result for the period and the corresponding consolidated values

Below is reported the statement of reconciliation of the Shareholders' Equity and the result for the period resulting from the financial statements of the Parent Company and the corresponding consolidated values as at 31 March 2015:

(in thousands of Euro) Result as at 31
March 2015
Equity as at 31
March 2015
Result as at 31
March 2014
Equity as at 31
March 2014
Equity and result for 3,022 34,112 3,611 32,198
the period as reported
in the separate financial
statements of Piquadro
S.p.A.
Derecognition
of
the
434 1,416 (53) 149
book
value
of
consolidated
equity
investments
Derecognition
of
the
- - - -
effects
of
transactions
effected
between
consolidated companies:
Profits
included
in
402 (456) (73) (858)
closing inventories
Other minor items 256 172 28 (30)
Write-downs
and
4 206 12 202
impairment
Equity and result for 4,118 35,451 3,526 31,660
the period attributable
to the Group
Profits
(Losses)
and
(40) (16) 4
Equity
attributable
to
minority interests
Equity and consolidated 4,079 35,451 3,510 31,664
profit

Human Resources

The products that the Group offers are conceived, manufactured and distributed according to the guidelines of an organisational model whose feature is that it monitors all the most critical phases of the chain, from conception and manufacturing to subsequent distribution. This entails great care with the correct management of human resources, which, while respecting the different local environments in which the Group operates, must necessarily lead to intense personal involvement, above all in what the Group considers the strategic phases for the success of the brand.

As at 31 March 2015 the Group had 656 members of staff compared to 795 units as at 31 March 2014. Below is reported the breakdown of staff by Country:

Country 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Italy 233 231
China 346 474
Hong Kong 15 22
Macau - 5
Germany 2 1
Spain 16 21
Taiwan 27 24
France 7 7
Switzerland 5 5
UK 5 5
Total 656 795

With reference to the Group's organisational structure, as at 31 March 2015, 40.4% of staff operated in the production area, 30.0% in the retail area, 16.5% in the support functions (Administration, IT Systems, Purchasing, Human Resources, Marketing, etc.), 9.1% in the Research and Development area and 4.0% in the sales area.

Corporate social responsibility

The Piquadro Group has been committed to corporate social responsibility starting from 2010, when the Parent Company started its first solidarity initiative in support of local areas, the "Happy Box" project implemented in cooperation with the Palmieri Family Foundation established by Marco Palmieri, Chairman of Piquadro, and by his wife Beatrice in order to give continuity to their philanthropic activity through the enhancement of diversities. As an acknowledgment of its value to local areas, the project obtained the Sponsorship of the Municipality of Bologna.

Health, safety and environment

For the Piquadro Group, safety and working environments are protected by complying with the regulations in force in the individual countries.

In the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Parent Company implemented a system of measures aimed at improving health and safety at work on an ongoing basis. The final objective of this programme is the implementation of a documentary system that can be certified according to standard BS OHSAS 18001:2007, or according to the INAIL (Istituto Nazionale per l'Assicurazione contro gli Incidenti sul Lavoro, National Institute for Insurance against Accidents at Work) guidelines. The purpose of the certification is to objectively prove the quality of the safety standards achieved and constitutes an element of exemption from the liability and obligations defined under Legislative Decree no. 231. The Piquadro Group believes that the desired benefits can be multiplied only through the implementation of a shared system and the main tool to achieve these objectives is the general adoption of a safety policy aimed at complying with the regulatory obligations through spontaneous improvement actions. The documentary system has also been integrated by considering the risks of interference that can arise inside the points of sales and training course requirements have been met within the retail system.

The same attention paid to workers' health and safety issues was also confirmed in relation to environment. It is confirmed that the Piquadro Group's activity has no impact on the environment and does not present characteristics such as to be capable of causing events with negative effects on the territory and the environment.

In relation to the issues relating to the management of personal data, the Piquadro Group ensures full compliance with the regulations in force and the implementation of the provisions laid down in the Security Policy Statement (Documento Programmatico sulla Sicurezza).

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY

The Piquadro Group's Research and Development activity is carried out by the Parent Company in house through a dedicated team that currently consists of 16 persons mainly engaged in the product Research and Development department and the style office at the head office of the Company.

Furthermore, the plants of the Chinese subsidiary employ a team of 44 people dedicated to prototyping and the implementation of new models according to the instructions defined by the central organisation. Products are conceived within the Group and occasionally in collaboration with outside industrial designers, taking account of the information regarding market trends supplied by the Group's internal departments (Product Management and Sales departments). In this manner, the Group develops its collections trying to meet the needs of end customers that are not yet satisfied by the market. The internal unit dedicated to the design of products manages operating activities and also coordinates the external consultants of which the Group makes use. In some cases, in fact, the Group only uses external designers for the product design phase, while the development and implementation phase is in any case carried out in house.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Group's Research & Development activity was aimed at the completion of two new continuous lines: Wassily and Pulse. For these two collections, new functionalities were considered and implemented, such as the double magnet system to block the earphones and the system to block the water bottle holder to the body of the bag. During the year work also continued to expand the range of both articles and colours of the Vespucci collection that is fully produced in Italy, thus confirming the intention of Piquadro to emphasise its Italian style, a path the Group had already embarked on with the Sartoria line in previous financial years.

Great commitment in terms of product development was shown in preparing the seasonal collections autumn-winter 2014-2015 and spring-summer 2015, in particular for the lines designed and created in collaboration with the designer Giancarlo Petriglia. This collaboration has given rise to lines capable of melting the technological and functional essence of Piquadro and a special creativeness in terms of materials, forms and colour combination.

Furthermore, the Group's Research & Development activity also involved the creation of new lines of accessories (belts and gloves), the enlargement of the range of organisers and notepad holders, as well as the completion of slipcases for the new and most important technology devices presented in the market.

RELATIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

The "Regulation bearing provisions governing transactions with related parties" was adopted by CONSOB Resolution no. 17221 of 12 March 2010, as amended by CONSOB resolution no. 17389 of 23 June 2010. On 18 November 2010 the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A. adopted the procedure concerning related parties, which was also drawn up by taking account of the instructions subsequently provided by CONSOB for the application of the new regulations by DEM/10078683 notice of 24 September 2010.

The said procedure, which is published on the website of Piquadro (www.piquadro.com), has the purpose to determine the criteria to be complied with for the approval of the transactions with related parties to be effected by Piquadro or its subsidiaries, in order to ensure transparency, as well as the material and procedural correctness of the transactions themselves. The identification of transactions with related parties is made as required by the CONSOB regulation referred to.

As to relations with related parties, these are largely commented on in the consolidated financial statements, in the separate financial statements and in the Notes to the Financial Statements

PERFORMANCE OF PIQUADRO S.p.A.

In reporting the performance of the Group, the main events were already implicitly illustrated in relation to the Parent Company whose revenues from the separate financial statements, including relations with Group companies, account for about 94.2% of consolidated revenues.

Operations

The financial year ended 31 March 2015 saw an increase in sales revenues equal to 7.3% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014. The performance of revenues, which is commented on in detail below in this Report, mainly derives from the domestic market, where the Company holds a leadership position. As regards average selling prices, the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase equal to about 1.4%, including the mix effect.

Sales revenues

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Company reported net sales revenues equal to Euro 63,733 thousand, up by 7.3% compared to the revenues reported in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (Euro 59,418 thousand). The performance of revenues is attributable to the positive performances recorded in the domestic market (about +11.6% for an increasing counter-value of Euro 5,290 thousand) mainly in the Wholesale channel; Europe reported a decrease in revenues of 12.1% compared to the previous financial year, due to a decline in the orders in two of the most important foreign markets for Piquadro, i.e. Russia and Ukraine, while the Rest of the World recorded an increase of 18.6%.

Breakdown of revenues by distribution channel

The table below reports the breakdown of sales revenues of Piquadro S.p.A. by distribution channel, expressed in thousands of Euro for the financial year ended 31 March 2015 and compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014:

Sales channel Sales revenues Sales revenues
(in
thousands
Euro)
as at 31 March
of
2015
% as at 31 March
2014
% % change
2015/2014
DOSs 20,794 32.6% 19,286 32.5% 7.8%
Wholesale 42,979 67.4% 40,132 67.5% 7.1%
Total 63,773 100% 59,418 100.0% 7.3%

The revenues reported by the DOS channel increased by 7.8% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014; this increase was determined by the opening of 2 new shops (Coin Roma (RM) – via Cola di Rienzo 173 opened in April 2014; Castel Guelfo – The Style Outlets – Via del Commercio, 4/2 opened in December 2014). The strategy planned by the Company is also aimed at developing sales activities through the DOS shops in view of the capacity to maximise the prestige of the Piquadro brand, in addition allowing distribution to be controlled more directly and greater attention to be paid to satisfying the end consumer.

Sales reported by the Wholesale channel, which account for about 67.4% of the Company's total turnover, recorded an increase of 7.1% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014 and were mainly affected by the growth in the domestic market.

(in thousands of
Euro)
Sales revenues
as at 31 March
2015
% Sales revenues
as at 31 March
2014
% % change
2015/2014
Italy 50,862 79.8% 45,575 76.7% 11.6%
Europe 10,049 15.8% 11,437 19.2% (12.1%)
Rest of the World 2,861 4.5% 2,406 4.0% 18.6%
Total 63,773 100.0% 59,418 100.0% 7.3%

Below are reported the breakdowns of revenues by geographical area:

The Company's revenues for the FY 2014/2015 show that the Italian market still accounts for a very significant percentage of the total turnover (79.8%). In the FY 2014/2015, the Company opened, in the domestic market, 2 DOS points of sale. Within the European market, the Company achieved a turnover equal to Euro 10,049 thousand, down by 12.1% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, which is equal to 15.8% in terms of percentage impact of the total turnover of the year 2014/2015. In the geographical area named "Rest of the World", where the Company sells in 21 Countries, the Company reported an increase in the turnover of about 18.6%.

Summary economic-financial data

Below are reported the results of Piquadro S.p.A. as at 31 March 2015 compared to the same indicators as at 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Revenues from sales 63,773 59,418
EBITDA 6,663 8,629
EBIT 4,814 6,760
After-tax result 3,022 3,611
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortisation
of intangible assets and write-downs
2,205 2,299
Cash Flow (net result before amortisation, depreciation and
write-downs)
4,581 5,910

EBITDA for the period came to Euro 6.7 million against Euro 8.6 million reported in the FY 2013/2014, accounting for 10.4% of the Company's revenues as at 31 March 2015 (14.5% in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

In the FY 2014/2015, the Company used Euro 3.6 million for marketing and communication activities, in order to develop and promote the Piquadro brand (Euro 3.2 million in the FY 2013/2014).

Amortisation and depreciation were equal to Euro 1,819 thousand and mainly related to the depreciation of the building where the Company operates (Euro 196 thousand), the depreciation of plant and machinery (Euro 59 thousand), industrial and business equipment (Euro 1,101 thousand) (including the depreciation of fittings for shops for Euro 918 thousand), the amortisation and depreciation of other assets (Euro 4 thousand), the amortisation of the key moneys paid out for the opening of shops in Bologna, Milan, Rome, Pescara, Verona, Venice, Forte dei Marmi and Florence (Euro 218 thousand), the amortisation of software (Euro 178 thousand), the amortisation of trademarks (Euro 59 thousand) and the amortisation of patent rights (Euro 4 thousand).

EBIT came to around Euro 4.8 million, equal to 7.6% of sales revenues, down by 28.2% compared to the value recorded in the FY 2013/2014 (a percentage equal to 11.4%).

The result from financial operations, which posted a negative value equal to about Euro 233 thousand, was mainly attributable to the net financial debt dynamics, net of exchange differences. The differential between foreign exchange gains and losses posted a positive value equal to Euro 469 thousand (against a negative value equal to Euro 32 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

The pre-tax result recorded by the Company in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 came to Euro 4.6 million (Euro 5.6 million as at 31 March 2014) and was affected by income taxes, including the effects of deferred taxation, equal to about Euro 1.6 million for an overall tax rate amounting to 34.8% (35.5% for the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

The net result recorded by the Company in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 recorded a decrease of 16.6%, passing from Euro 3.6 million in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 3.0 million in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Profitability ratios

Below are reported the main profitability ratios relating to the FYs ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

Profitability ratio Composition of the ratio 31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Return on sales (R.O.S.) EBIT/Net sales revenues 7.6% 11.4%
Return on Investment (R.O.I.) EBIT/Net invested capital 10.9% 15.4%
Return on Equity (R.O.E.) Profit
for
the
period/Shareholders'
8.9% 11.2%
equity

The changes recorded in the ratios reported above are to be mainly attributed to increased sales recorded in the Wholesale channel, in addition to the higher impact of sales in the DOS channel recorded in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Gross investments

Gross investments in fixed assets concerning the Company's operations were equal to Euro 2,585 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 3,732 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014). Below is reported the breakdown by type:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Investments
Intangible assets 251 1,157
Property, plant and equipment 1,077 1,122
Non-current financial assets 1,257 1,453
Total 2,585 3,732

Increases in intangible assets, equal to Euro 251 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,157 thousand as at 31 March 2014), related to industrial patent rights for Euro 1 thousand, software and IT products for Euro 205 thousand and trademarks for Euro 45 thousand.

Increases in property, plant and equipment, equal to Euro 1,077 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,122 thousand as at 31 March 2014) were mainly attributable to workshop equipment and machinery for Euro 30 thousand, to furniture and fittings for Euro 858 thousand and sundry equipment purchased for new DOSs opened in the period under consideration and to the refurbishment of some existing shops for Euro 81 thousand, the purchase of electronic office machines for Euro 72 thousand, to the purchase of minor assets for Euro 6 thousand and to the purchase of motor vehicles for Euro 30 thousand.

The main increase in non-current financial assets for Euro 1,257 thousand (Euro 1,453 thousand as at 31 March 2014) related to the payment on account of capital in favour of the subsidiary Piquadro UK Ltd., made on 23 May 2014 for Euro 817 thousand and to the payment on account of capital for the establishment of the subsidiary Piquadro USA INC. for Euro 440 thousand, paid on 20 February 2015.

Balance sheet

Below is reported the performance of the Company's equity structure as at 31 March 2015:

(in thousands of Euro)
31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Trade receivables 29,141 28,441
Inventories 13,334 12,991
(Trade payables) (17,403) (14,032)
Total net current trade assets 25,072 27,400
Other current assets 1,077 798
Tax receivables 819 326
(Other current liabilities) (2,648) (2,606)
(Tax payables) (5) -
A) Working capital 24,315 25,918
Intangible assets 2,112 2,399
Property, plant and equipment 10,340 10,674
Non-current financial assets 6,195 4,938
Receivables from others beyond 12 months 310 255
Deferred tax assets 872 1,046
B) Fixed assets 19,829 19,312
C) Non-current provisions and non-financial liabilities (1,387) (1,340)
Net invested capital (A+B+C) 42,706 43,890
FINANCED BY:
D) Net financial debt 8,595 11,692
E) Equity 34,111 32,198
Total borrowings and Shareholders' Equity (D+E) 42,706 43,890

Net Financial Position

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(A) Cash 52 60
(B) Other cash and cash equivalents (available current bank 10,502 8,855
accounts)
(C) Liquidity (A) + (B) 10,554 8,915
(D) Finance leases (625) (576)
(E) Current bank debt - (3)
(F) Current portion of non-current debt (9,127) (7,107)
(G) Current financial debt (D) + (E) + (F) (9,752) (7,686)
(H) Short-term Net Financial Position (C) + (G) 802 1,229
(I) Non-current bank debt (7,312) (10,317)
(L) Finance leases (2,085) (2,604)
(M) Non-current financial debt (I) + (L) (9,397) (12,921)
(N) Net Financial Position (H) + (M) (8,595) (11,692)

As at 31 March 2015, the Net Financial Position of Piquadro S.p.A. posted a negative value of Euro 8.6 million, showing an improvement of about Euro 3.0 million compared to the debt of about Euro 11.7 million as at 31 March 2014. The main reasons for the trend in the Net Financial Position are attributable to the following factors:

• a Free cash flow of about Euro 5.2 million generated in the year;

  • dividends paid in relation to the profit for the FY 2013/2014 equal to Euro 1.0 million (with a pay-out equal to about 27.7% of the operating profit of the Company);
  • investments in property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-current financial assets for about Euro 1.2 million.

Human Resources

The products that the Company offers are conceived, manufactured and distributed according to the guidelines of an organisational model whose feature is that it monitors all the most critical phases of the chain, from conception and manufacturing to subsequent distribution. This entails great care with the correct management of human resources, which must necessarily lead to intense personal involvement, above all in what the Company considers the strategic phases for the success of the brand.

As at 31 March 2015 Piquadro S.p.A. had 233 members of staff, compared to 231 units as at 31 March 2014. Below is reported the breakdown of staff by area:

Organisational Areas 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Production Area/Supply Chain 17.2% 17.7%
R&D Area 6.9% 6.5%
Retail Area 53.6% 53.2%
Sales Area 9.9% 13.4%
Supporting Areas 12.4% 9.1%
Total 100% 100%

Health, safety and environment

Piquadro S.p.A. pursues high standards for the protection of the its workers' health and safety at work.

In the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2015, a system of measures was implemented, which was aimed at improving health and safety at work on an ongoing basis. The final objective of this programme is the implementation of a documentary system that can be certified according to standard BS OHSAS 18001:2007, or according to the INAIL (Istituto Nazionale per l'Assicurazione contro gli Incidenti sul Lavoro, National Institute for Insurance against Accidents at Work) guidelines. The purpose of the certification is to objectively prove the quality of the safety standards achieved and constitutes an element of exemption from the liability and obligations defined under Legislative Decree no. 231. Piquadro believes that the desired benefits can be multiplied only through the implementation of a shared system and the main tool to achieve these objectives is the general adoption of a safety policy aimed at complying with the regulatory obligations through spontaneous improvement actions. The documentary system has also been integrated by considering the risks of interference that can arise inside the points of sales and training course requirements have been met within the retail system.

The same attention paid to the workers' health and safety was also confirmed in relation to the environmental issues. It is confirmed that Piquadro's activity has no impact on the environment and does not present characteristics such as to be capable of causing events with negative effects on the territory and the environment.

In relation to the issues relating to the management of personal data, Piquadro ensures full compliance with the regulations in force and the implementation of the provisions reported in the Security Policy Statement (Documento Programmatico sulla Sicurezza).

Relations with related parties

The "Regulation bearing provisions governing transactions with related parties", which was adopted by CONSOB Resolution no. 17221 of 12 March 2010, as amended by CONSOB resolution no. 17389 of 23 June 2010, implemented article 2391-bis of the Italian Civil Code. On 18 November 2010 the Company's Board of Directors adopted the procedure concerning related parties, which was also drawn up by taking account of the instructions subsequently provided by CONSOB for the application of the new regulations by DEM/10078683 notice of 24 September 2010.

The said procedure, which is published on the website of Piquadro (www.piquadro.com), has the purpose to determine the criteria to be complied with for the approval of the transactions with related parties to be effected by Piquadro or its subsidiaries, in order to ensure transparency, as well as the material and procedural correctness of the transactions themselves. The identification of the transactions with related parties is made as required by the CONSOB regulation referred to.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, several intergroup transactions were effected, all of which were implemented within the ordinary course of business and at arm's length. Intergroup relations concerned both production activities (Piquadro S.p.A. directly controls companies which produce leather goods for the Group) and commercial activities (Piquadro S.p.A. directly or indirectly controls all foreign companies in the retail chain which manage Piquadro-branded shops). The companies in the Piquadro Group also maintain financial relations, which were also established within the ordinary course of business and at arm's length.

As to relations with related parties, these are largely commented on in the separate financial statements under Note 38 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE YEAR-END

No significant events were reported at Company or Group level from 1 April 2015 up to today's date.

OUTLOOK

The development dynamics of the Piquadro Group in the 2015/2016 financial year will be affected by a renewed ability to continue the process of international expansion, which has been started and driven by the investments made in the last years and linked to a more glamorous repositioning of the Brand.

The Management expects that in the 2015/2016 financial year the Group will be able to continue to grow at the same rates as those already recorded in the course of the 2014/2015 financial year. In terms of profitability, the Management also expect, although in a context of increasing production costs mainly as a result of the appreciation of the US dollar against the Euro, to be able, in any case, to benefit from increased margins, also as a result of the benefits deriving from the full reorganisation of some less profitable geographical business areas. In this context, the Management will be engaged in monitoring operating margins and costs in order to increase commitments in Research and Development and Marketing at international level, in order to increase visibility of the trademark and its knowledge.

In light of the information commented on above and of the financial and capital soundness of the Piquadro Group, the consolidated financial statements and the separate financial statements of Piquadro S.p.A. were prepared on a going concern basis.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Group's business is generally exposed to a number of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Piquadro Group's financial risks are managed centrally within precise organisational policies which govern the management of the risks and the control of all the transactions which are closely relevant to the composition of financial and/or trade assets and liabilities.

In order to minimise these risks, the Group has established control times and methods which allow the Board of Directors to give its approval as to all transactions which bind the Group to third-party lenders.

Liquidity risk

The objective of the Group is to ensure that it is able to meet its financial obligations at any time, maintaining an adequate level of available cash and diversifying the instruments for raising financial resources by obtaining adequate credit lines.

The Group keeps a surplus of credit lines available in order to be able to take up business opportunities that cannot be planned for or in order to cover unexpected cash outflows.

The excess cash is invested temporarily on the money market in transactions that can be liquidated immediately.

The essential tool for the measurement, management and daily monitoring of the liquidity risk is the cash budget, which provides an overview of the liquidity that is always up-to-date. Daily planning and cash flow forecasts are carried out on the basis of this overview.

It is believed that the provisions and credit lines currently available, in addition to the cash flow generated by the business, will suffice to meet the Group requirements.

Credit risk

The credits of the Group, particularly in Italy, are rather fragmented as a result of sales being to a diverse clientele that is made up of leather goods retailers, stationery retailers and international distributors or, through the sales of the DOS channel, end consumers. Receivables outstanding at the end of the financial year were mainly trade receivables, as resulting from the explanatory notes to the statement of financial position to which reference is made.

Historically there have not been any significant or particularly problematic situations regarding the solvency of customers, insomuch as it is the Group's policy to sell to customers after assessing carefully their credit rating and therefore remaining within prefixed credit limits, periodically monitoring the situation of expired loans.

Accordingly, the credit risk to which the Group is exposed is considered to be limited as a whole.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the currency parities could change in an unfavourable way in the period between the moment in which the target exchange rate is defined, that is the date when commitments arise to receive and pay amounts in foreign currency at a future date, and the time at which those commitments become firstly orders and finally turnover (for purchase or sale). In the absence of foreign exchange risk hedging on specific commercial transactions, there is no application of hedge accounting.

The Group pays the contract work done (external production) in US dollars, while the wages and salaries relating to the employees of the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. are paid in Renminbi. The operating costs incurred by the Company and by the Group's European subsidiaries are mainly denominated in Euro. The result of this is that the net result of the Group is partially affected by the fluctuations of the exchange rate between USD and the Euro and, to a lesser extent, between the Chinese Renminbi and the Euro.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2015 the Parent Company carried out currency (USD) forward purchases in order to hedge expected payments of invoices of foreign subcontractors and of the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. If these derivative financial instruments have fulfilled all the conditions laid down for the accounting treatment of hedging derivatives (hedge accounting), they are accounted for at fair value against an entry in the Statement of comprehensive income.

As at 31 March 2015 there were no open positions of currency forward purchases.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk of an uncontrolled increase in charges arising from the payment of real floating interest rate on medium- to long-term loans raised by the Group.

The purpose of the interest risk management is to limit and stabilise payable flows due to interest paid on such loans.

Hedging activities were carried out on every occasion that it was considered useful with regard to the taking out of loans. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the exposure to interest rate risks. However, in cases in which the derivative financial instruments do not fulfil all the conditions laid down for the accounting treatment of hedging derivatives (hedge accounting), these have been accounted for at fair value against an entry in the Income Statement.

The forecast outflows, connected with the repayment of the liability, are determined by making reference to the provisions laid down in the loan agreement (amortisation schedule).

As at 31 March 2015, there were no open positions relating to interest rate hedges.

LEGISLATIVE DECREE NO. 231/2001

Starting from June 2008, the Company adopted both the Group's Code of Ethics and the Parent Company's Organisational, management and control model pursuant to Legislative Decree no. 231/2001, with the objective to arrange for a structured and organic system of rules aimed at preventing the possible commission of crimes which entail the administrative liability of the Parent Company.

The Board of Directors, in the application of the regulations in force, has also established a single-member Supervisory Board and appointed Mario Panzeri as single member who has been granted the powers and duties under Legislative Decree no. 231/2001.

The organisational, management and control model of Piquadro and the Code of Ethics can be found on the Company's website, www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS HELD BY THE MEMBERS OF THE CORPORATE BODIES

Below is reported the chart containing the equity investments held by the Directors, Statutory Auditors, General Managers, executives with strategic responsibilities and their spouses and minor children in Piquadro S.p.A. and its subsidiaries, which is contained in Section II of the Report on Remuneration prepared pursuant to article 123-ter of Legislative Decree no. 58/1998 and article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulation, as adopted by CONSOB by Resolution no. 11971 of 14 May 1999, and in accordance with Annex 3A Charts 7-bis and 7-ter of the same Regulation.

For more information, including any information on the fees due to the Directors, statutory auditors and executives with strategic responsibilities, reference is expressly made to said Report on Remuneration, which can be found on the Company's website, www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

First
and
last name
Position Investee
company
Number
of
shares
owned
at the end of
the
previous
financial year
Number
of
shares
purchased
Number of
shares sold
Number
of
shares
owned
at the end of
the
current
financial year
Marco Chairman - -
Palmieri CEO (1) Piquadro 31,909,407 31,909,407
S.p.A.
Pierpaolo Vice - -
Palmieri Chairman Piquadro 2,276,801 2,276,801
Executive S.p.A.
Director (2)
Marcello Executive - - - - -
Piccioli Director
Roberto Executive Piquadro 3,000 - - 3,000
Trotta Director S.p.A.

(1) At the end of the FY 2014/2015, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of Piquadro S.p.A., Marco Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., through Piqubo S.p.A., a company wholly owned by the latter. Piquadro Holding S.p.A., in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

(2) At the end of the FY 2014/2015, the Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A., Pierpaolo Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 6.66% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., which in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND SELF-REGULATORY CODE

The Company applies the Self-Regulatory Code promoted by Borsa Italiana S.p.A, which was approved by the Corporate Governance Committee.

In making use of the right laid down in article 123-bis, paragraph 3, of the TUF, the Company has taken steps to prepare the Report on Corporate Governance and ownership structures separately from the Report on Operations. Therefore, as regards the information on the Company's corporate governance system and ownership structures and the application of the Self-Regulatory Code, reference should be made to the Report on Corporate Governance and ownership structures that can be found on the Company's website, www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

Below is provided some of the main information disclosed in the abovementioned Report on Corporate Governance and ownership structures.

Structure of the Share Capital

The amount of the subscribed and paid-up Share Capital is equal to Euro 1,000,000, divided into 50,000,000 ordinary shares, without any indication of their par value.

Categories of shares making up the Share Capital:

NO.
OF
SHARES
%
COMPARED
TO
THE
SHARE
CAPITAL
LISTED RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
Ordinary shares 50,000,000 100 STANDARD 1 The
shares
are
registered
and
confer
the
right
of
voting
at
ordinary
and
extraordinary
shareholders' Meetings, as well as
the right to profit sharing.

Except for the stock options issued within the framework of the New 2012 -2017 Plan described below, the Company has not issued other financial instruments which confer the right of subscribing to new shares.

At the date of this Report, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of Piquadro S.p.A., Marco Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., through Piqubo S.p.A., a company wholly owned by the latter, while the Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A., Pierpaolo Palmieri, owns a stake equal to 6.66% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A..

Piquadro Holding S.p.A., in its turn, owns 68.37% of the share capital of Piquadro.

* * *

Stock option Plans

The 2008-2013 Plan

As at the date of this Report, the 2008-2013 Plan had been settled and no option assigned by virtue of the same had been exercised.

* * *

The New 2012-2017 Plan

On 7 June 2012, the Board, subject to the favourable opinion of the Remuneration Committee – with the objective of introducing incentives aimed at increasing the commitment by the key managers of the Piquadro Group for the attainment of the corporate purposes, also in consideration of the fact that none of the options assigned under the 2008-2013 Plan had accrued and that the 2008-2013 Plan, because of the difficult conditions of the capital market in the last years, had been and still is ineffective to attain the set targets - approved the guidelines of a new stock option plan for the 2012-2017 period, which was again intended for the "key managers" of the Company and of the Group, to be selected from among executive Directors, executives with strategic responsibilities, employees and collaborators of the Company and of its subsidiaries (the "New 2012-2017 Plan").

On 7 June 2012 the Board then resolved to submit the following proposal to the Shareholders' Meeting called on 24 July 2012: (i) in the ordinary session, to approve the guidelines of the New 2012-2017 Plan; and (ii) in an extraordinary session, to resolve the capital increase against payment to serve the New 2012-2017 Plan. The Shareholders' Meeting of Piquadro, which was held on 24 July 2012, resolved (a) in the ordinary session, (i) to approve the New 2012-2017 Plan, as per the guidelines proposed by the Board, for the purposes of the allocation, free of charge, of a maximum number of 4,699,900 options for the subscription, against payment, of an equivalent number of ordinary shares of the Company in favour of persons to be selected by the Board from among Executive Directors, Executives with strategic responsibilities, employees and collaborators of Piquadro and of other companies owned by it; (ii) to grant the Board the power to approve: (x) the final text of the Regulation of the New 2012-2017 Plan; and (y) having heard the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, the list of the plan's beneficiaries and the number of options to be assigned by virtue of the same; and (b) in an extraordinary session, (i) to increase the Company's share capital, against payment, serving the New 2012-2017 Plan, up to an overall maximum value equal to Euro 93,998, with an issue of up to a maximum amount of 4,699,900 ordinary shares, of no par value, having the same features and enjoyment as the outstanding shares, excluding the right of option of the current shareholders, pursuant to article 2441, paragraph 5, of the Italian Civil Code, establishing that said ordinary shares may be subscribed, within the time limits set out in the related regulation, with an issue price – to be determined by the Board of Directors, having heard the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, in accordance with article 2441, paragraph 6, of the Italian Civil Code – of not less than their accounting par value, equal to the higher of (x) Euro 1.53 per share and (y) the average of the official closing prices of the Company shares recorded in the last 30 days before the grant date of the options, and also establishing that this capital increase may be also implemented in more than one instalment and is divisible and setting the ultimate deadline for the subscription at 31 December 2018; at the expiry date of this time limit, the capital shall be deemed to have been increased by an amount equal to the subscriptions made and (ii) to grant the Board the right to implement the capital increase.

Finally, on 26 September 2012, the Board, in the implementation of the powers delegated to it by the Shareholders' Meeting, resolved (i) to approve the final text of the Regulation of the New 2012-2017 Plan; (ii) to determine the subscription price of the ordinary shares of Piquadro, to be paid by the beneficiaries at the time of the subscription of the shares arising from the exercise of the options to the amount of Euro 1.53 per share; (iii) to set the overall number of the rights of option to be assigned to the respective beneficiaries at 3,600,000; and (iv) to approve the list of persons involved in the New 2012-2017 Plan, specifying the number of rights of option assigned to each of them.

On 11 February 2013, the Board - in accordance with section 14.2 of the Regulation of the New 2012-2017 Plan, which provides that the regulation may be amended by a resolution of the Board itself – approved some amendments to the Regulation of the New 2012-2017 Plan, in order to better specify the vesting conditions of options. These amendments were also approved, again in accordance with the Regulation, with the consent of a number of beneficiaries that – at the time when the amendments were resolved – were the beneficiaries of a number of options higher than the majority of the options in place and were notified by Piquadro to all the beneficiaries.

The beneficiaries of the New 2012-2017 Plan, as at the date of the Report, were the following executive Directors:

  • Marco Palmieri;
  • Pierpaolo Palmieri;
  • Marcello Piccioli;
  • Roberto Trotta.

The beneficiaries of the New 2012-217 Plan also include some employees and collaborators of Piquadro identified by the Board, subject to the opinion of the Remuneration Committee.

For the details and reasons behind the New 2012-2017 Plan, reference is made to the Information Document prepared pursuant to article 114-bis, paragraph 1, of the TUF and of article 84-bis of the Issuers' Regulation and in accordance with the indications reported in the Table 7 of Annex 3A attached to the regulation itself, as approved by the Board on 7 June 2012 and as updated following the amendments adopted by the Board on 11 February 2013.

The Information Document and the Regulation of the New 2012-2017 Plan have been filed at the registered office of the Issuer and may be perused on the website www.piquadro.com, in the section on Investor Relations.

Restrictions on the transfer of securities

There are no restrictions on the transfer of securities, such as for example limits on the ownership of securities or the need to obtain approval from the issuer or from other holders of securities.

Significant stakes held in the Capital

At the date of this Report, the significant stakes held in the Capital of the issuer, as resulting from the notices given pursuant to article 120 of the TUF, as supplemented by notices relating to transactions subject to Internal Dealing under articles 152-sexies and ff. of the Issuers' regulation, were the following:

SIGNIFICANT STAKES HELD IN THE CAPITAL
Declarant Direct shareholder % share on ordinary
capital
% share on voting
capital
Palmieri Marco Piquadro Holding S.p.A. 68.37% 68.37%
Mediobanca
Banca
di
credito
Mediobanca Banca di credito 6.31% 6.31%
Finanziario S.p.A. Finanziario S.p.A.
Fil Limited Fidelity Funds Sicav 3.28% 3.28%

Securities which confer special rights

The Company has not issued securities which confer special rights of control.

Employee share ownership: exercise of voting rights

There is no employee share ownership system.

Restrictions on voting rights

The By-Laws do not provide for any restrictions on voting rights.

Shareholders' Agreements

At the date of this Report, there were no Shareholders' Agreements pursuant to article 122 of the TUF.

Delegated powers to increase Share Capital and authorisations to purchase treasury shares

Except as provided in the New 2012-2017 Plan described above, no delegated powers have been resolved to increase the Company's share capital.

The Shareholders' Meeting of Piquadro held on 23 July 2014 resolved to authorize a plan for the purchase of the Company's ordinary shares, in one or more instalments, up to the maximum number permitted by law, having regard to the treasury shares held directly and to those held by subsidiary companies. The authorization to purchase and dispose of treasury shares was granted up to the approval of the financial statements at 31 March 2013. As at the date of this report no purchase of treasury shares had been carried out on the part of the Company. The plan to purchase treasury shares pursues the following objectives:

  • a) to support stabilisation of the stock performance and liquidity, and, in this framework, to acquire the Company's shares at prices lower than their actual value, based on the income prospects of the business, with the consequent enhancement of the Company;
  • b) to establish an "inventory of securities" so that the Issuer may maintain and dispose of the shares for a possible use of the same as consideration in extraordinary operations, including in exchange of equity investments, with other parties within transactions of interest to the Company itself.

The purchase price of the shares will be identified from time to time, having regard to the methods selected to carry out the transaction and in accordance with the legislative, regulatory provisions or permitted market practices, within a minimum and maximum number that can be determined according to the following criteria:

  • (i) in any case, the minimum consideration for the purchase shall not be less, by 20%, than the reference price that the stock shall have recorded on the trading day prior to every individual transaction;
  • (ii) in any case, the maximum consideration for the purchase shall not be higher, by 10%, than the reference price that the stock shall have recorded on the trading day prior to every individual transaction.

Except for the implementation of the distribution plans, with or without payment, of options on shares or shares, which will take place at the prices set by the plans themselves, the consideration for any other sale of treasury shares, which will be set by the Board with the right of sub-delegating powers to one or more Directors, may not be less, by 20% at least, than the reference price that the stock shall have recorded on the trading day prior to every individual transaction. Purchases may take place according to methods other than those specified above pursuant to article 132, paragraph 3, of the TUF or other provisions applicable from time to time at the time of the transaction. The disposal of the shares may take place according to the most appropriate methods in the interests of the Company, and in any case in accordance with the applicable regulations and the permitted market practices.

As at the date of this Report, no transaction had been carried out for the purchase of treasury shares on the part of the Company.

Clauses of Change of control

Neither Piquadro S.p.A. nor any of its subsidiaries have entered into significant agreements which become effective, are amended or are terminated in case of change of control of the contracting company.

Indemnity due to the Directors in the case of resignation, dismissal or termination of the relationship following a take-over bid

No agreements have been entered into between the Company and the Directors which provide for indemnities in the case of resignation or dismissal/disqualification without cause or if the employment relationship is terminated following a take-over bid.

The information referred to above is disclosed in the Report on Corporate Governance and ownership structures, which is available on the website www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

DIRECTION AND COORDINATION ACTIVITIES

The Company is not subject to direction and coordination activities pursuant to Article 2497 and ff. of the Italian Civil Code. In fact, although under Article 2497-sexies of the Italian Civil Code "it is presumed, unless there is evidence to the contrary, that the activity of direction and coordination of companies is carried out by the company or entity that is required to consolidate their financial statements or that controls them in any way pursuant to Article 2359", neither Piqubo S.p.A. nor Piquadro Holding S.p.A., i.e. the companies controlling Piquadro S.p.A., carries out direction and coordination activities in relation to the Company, in that (i) they do not give instructions to their subsidiary; and (ii) there is no significant organisational/functional connection between these companies and Piquadro S.p.A..

In addition to directly carrying out operating activities, Piquadro S.p.A., in its turn, also carries out direction and coordination activities in relation to the companies it controls, pursuant to Articles 2497 and ff. of the Italian Civil Code.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

In compliance with the CONSOB Regulation on Related Parties, the Board's meeting held on 18 November 2010 adopted the "Regulation governing transactions with Related Parties". This document is available on the website of Piquadro, www.piquadro.com, in the Section on Investor Relations.

INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ARTICLES 36 AND 39 OF THE MARKETS' REGULATION

With reference to the "Requirements for listing of shares of companies controlling companies established and regulated by the law of States not belonging to the European Union" ("Condizioni per la quotazione di azioni di società controllanti società costituite e regolate dalla legge di Stati non appartenenti all'Unione Europea") under Article 36 of the Markets' Regulation, the Piquadro Group declares that the only Group company as of today that meets the significance requirements under title VI, chapter II, of the Issuers' Regulation, which is incorporated under and regulated by the law of non-EU States is the Chinese subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd..

Specifically, the Parent Company certifies that, with regard to said subsidiary:

  • a) it makes available to the public the subsidiary's accounting position prepared for the purposes of drawing up the consolidated accounts, including at least the balance sheet and the income statement. This accounting position is made available to the public by filing it with the registered office or by publishing it on the website of the controlling company;
  • a) it gathers from the subsidiary the by-laws and the composition and powers of the corporate bodies;
  • b) it ensures that the subsidiary: (i) provides the controlling company's independent auditors with the information they require to conduct their audit of annual and interim accounts of the controlling company itself; (ii) is equipped with an administrative and accounting system that is suitable to allow the information on financial data, results of operations and cash flows required for preparing consolidated accounts to be regularly received by the management and the independent auditors of the controlling company. The controlling company's control body will timely notify CONSOB and the market management company of any facts and circumstances as a result of which said system would be no longer suitable to satisfy the conditions referred to above.

INFORMATION BY BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND ANALYSIS OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GROUP'S OPERATIONS

The table below illustrates the segment data of the Piquadro Group as broken down by sales channel (DOSs and Wholesale), in relation to the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014. Economic segment data are monitored by the Company's Management until EBITDA.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
DOSs Wholes
ale
Total for
the Group
%
Impact
(*)
D
O
Ss
Wholes
ale
Total for
the Group
%
Impact
(*)
%
Change
2015-
2014
Sales revenues 24,181 43,028 67,209 100% 22,677 40,376 63,053 100% 6.6%
Other income 220 654 874 1.3% 185 624 809 1.3% 8.0%
Costs
for
purchases
of
raw
materials
(3,272) (9,202) (12,474) (18.6%) (2,346) (6,806) (9,152) (14.5%) 36.3%
Costs for services and leases and
rentals
(12,132) (19,693) (31,825) (47.3%) (12,470) (18,753) (31,223) (49.5%) 1.9%
Personnel costs (7,555) (6,748) (14,303) (21.3%) (7,051) (6,848) (13,899) (22.0%) 2.9%
Provisions and write-downs - (386) (386) (0.6%) - (430) (430) (0.7%) (10.2%)
Other operating costs (98) (202) (300) (0.4%) (85) (161) (246) (0.4%) 23.9%
EBITDA 1,344 7,452 8,796 13.1% 910 8,002 8,912 14.1% (1.4%)
Amortisation
and
depreciation
and write-downs
- , (2,838) (4.2%) - , (2,473) (3.9%) 14.8%
Operating result - - 5,958 8.9% - - 6,439 10.2% (7.6%)
Financial income and charges - - (16) (0.02%) - - (971) (1.5%) (98.4%)
Pre-tax result - - 5,942 8.8% - - 5,468 8.7% 8.5%
Income tax expenses - - (1,863) (2.8%) - - (1,958) (3.1%) (5.1)%
Profit for the period - - 4,079 6.1% - - 3,510 5.6% 16.2%
Group net result - - 4,079 6.1% - - 3,510 5.6% 16.25%

(*)percentage impact compared to the total sales revenues

As a segment analysis of the balance sheet, below are reported the assets, liabilities and fixed assets broken down by sales channel in the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Business Segment Business Segment
DOS Wholesal Unallocate DOS Wholesal Unallocate
(in
thousands
of s e d s e d
Euro) Total Total
Assets 10,808 46,338 16,403 73,549 11,751 44,203 14,124 70,07
8
Liabilities 5,543 15,588 17,007 38,138 5,203 15,095 18,103 38,40
1
Fixed assets 6,359 10,873 - 17,232 6,659 11,420 - 18,07
9

The assets allocated to the segments include property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, trade receivables, inventories, cash and other receivables other than tax receivables. Segment assets do not include loans receivable, tax or fiscal receivables, deferred tax liabilities and cash and cash equivalents.

The liabilities allocated to the segments include trade payables, provisions for risks and charges, provisions for personnel, payables to other lenders and other payables other than loans payable to credit institutions and tax and fiscal payables. Segment liabilities do not include loans payable to credit institutions, current accounts payable, tax or fiscal payables and deferred tax liabilities.

Sales revenues

Below is reported a breakdown of sales revenues by sales channel, geographical area and product family.

Breakdown of revenues by sales channel

Sales channel
(In
thousands
Sales revenues as at
of
31 March 2015
%(*) Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2014
% (*) % change
2015/2014
Euro)
DOSs 24,181 36.0% 22,677 36.0% 6.6%
Wholesale 43,028 64.0% 40,376 64.0% 6.6%
Total 67,209 100.0% 63,053 100.0% 6.6%

The table below reports the Group's sales revenues broken down by distribution channel:

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

Sales revenues achieved in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase of 6.6% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, passing from Euro 63,053 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 67,209 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

The increase in sales revenues arises from the positive performance recorded both in the Wholesale channel and in the DOS channel.

Below are reported the breakdowns of revenues by distribution channel:

Wholesale

Sales revenues achieved in the Wholesale channel in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase equal to 6.6%, passing from Euro 40,376 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 43,028 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

In terms of impact on the total sales revenues, the values from the Wholesale channel were not different from those posted in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (an impact of 64% at 31 March 2015 against a similar percentage in the FY 2013/2014).

The increase in the turnover of the Wholesale channel, equal in absolute terms to Euro 2,652 thousand, was mainly due to the following combined factors:

  • (i) an increase in sales volumes, equal to about 6.3%;
  • (ii) an increase in sales in some main markets such as Italy, Germany and Spain (up by 11.7%, 8.1% and 9.7%, respectively), which was offset by the relative decrease in sales in Russia (equal to about 62%).

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Group opened 8 new franchise shops (as at 31 March 2015, the franchise shops opened were 51), mainly in Asia and Europe.

DOSs

Sales revenues achieved in the DOS Channel - which includes sales generated from the e-commerce website of the Group, showing an increase of 42.6% – in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase of 6.6%, passing from Euro 22,677 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 24,181 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

In terms of impact on the total sales revenues, the values in the DOS channel were not different from those posted in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (an impact of 64% at 31 March 2015 against a similar percentage in the FY 2013/2014).

The increase, which is equal to Euro 1,504 thousand in absolute terms, is also due to the following factors:

  • (i) an increase in the quantities sold, equal to about 6.0%;
  • (ii) an increase in the price list equal to about 3%;
  • (iii) SSSG, which recorded an increase, in the tax year ended 31 March 2015, equal to 2.9% (assuming an equal number of days of opening and constant rates of exchange, the Same Store Sales Growth – SSSG- reported an increase equal to about 2.0%);
  • (iv) the opening by the Group of 8 new DOS shops (as detailed below), which entailed an increased turnover equal to Euro 989 thousand (corresponding to a growth of about 4% in the total turnover from the DOS channel);

(v) 14 shops were closed (3 of which in Italy, 11 in the geographical area that includes Hong Kong, Taiwan and China), which accounted for about Euro 1,776 thousand, equal to about 7.8% of the turnover in the DOS channel of the previous year.

In general, it should be noted that in the DOS channel one of the significant factors for achieving high volumes of sales is the position of the outlets. Indeed, the Group tries to open its points of sale in the main streets (business and/or shopping ways) of each city in which it operates; such strategy has had a positive effect in terms of increase in sales revenues. Placing stores in strategic areas involves higher initial costs in some cases (with the payment, in some cases, of key money, especially in Europe) and subsequently higher rental charges compared to less central locations; however, these costs are subsequently recovered thanks to the higher sales volumes that the strategic position allows to achieve. During the FY 2014/2015 the Group did not pay any key money.

The opening of the DOSs in outlets allows the Group to dispose of those product stock which, for a variety of reasons (change in colour fashions, end of range etc.), could be difficult to sell at the full selling price, in this way solving the problems linked to possible obsolescence of inventories of finished products.

On the basis of the data processed by the Company in relation to the turnover per individual shop, the perimeter remaining unchanged (Same Store Sales Growth analysis, "SSSG", or considering the same DOS points of sale existing as at both 1 April 2013 and 31 March 2015), the trend in the turnover of the DOS channel showed an increase of about 2.9% (assuming an equal number of days of opening and constant rates of exchange, the Same Store Sales Growth – SSSG- reported an increase equal to about 2.0%).

For a better understanding of the DOS channel, below are reported the 51 shops which were opened as at 31 March 2015, together with the month of the start of operations:

Month of
opening
Location Channel
November 2000 Milan, Via della Spiga no. 33 DOS
November 2002 Milan, Linate Airport DOS
December 2003 Rome, Galleria Alberto Sordi DOS
September 2004 Barcelona, Paseo de Gracia no. 11 DOS
November 2004 Bologna, Piazza Maggiore no. 4/B DOS
March 2006 Barberino del Mugello - Outlet Centre DOS (Outlet)
March 2007 Fidenza - "Fidenza Village" DOS (Outlet)
May 2007 Rome, Cinecittà Shopping Mall no. 2, Via Vittoria Colonna no.39 DOS
July 2007 Rome Galleria Nuova Commerciale di "Porta di Roma" DOS
April 2008 Novara, "Vicolungo Outlet" DOS (Outlet)
June 2008 Rome, "EUROMA2" Shopping Mall, Via C. Colombo DOS
August 2008 Foiano della Chiana (Arezzo), "Valdichiana Outlet Village" DOS (Outlet)
September 2008 Noventa di Piave (VE), "Veneto Designer Outlet" DOS (Outlet)
December 2008 Milan, Via Dante no. 9 DOS
December 2008 Barcelona (Spain), "La Roca Village" DOS (Outlet)
December 2008 Rome, Fiumicino Airport Terminal 1 DOS
March 2009 Bologna, "G. Marconi" Airport DOS
April 2009 Taiwan – Taipei Eslite Dun Nan DOS
October 2009 Taiwan – Taipei Xin Yin Shop DOS
January 2010 Hong Kong – Kowloon – Isquare DOS
February 2010 Marcianise (CE) – "Outlet Centre" DOS (Outlet)
December 2010 Agira, "Sicilia Fashion Outlet" DOS (Outlet)
December 2010 Rome, Fiumicino Airport Terminal 3 DOS
February 2011 Rimini, "Le Befane" DOS
September 2011 Milan – Corso Buenos Aires no. 10 DOS
December 2011 Assago (MI) – Shopping Centre "Milanofiori" DOS
April 2012 Kaohsiung City (Taiwan) Shopping Mall "Dream Mall" DOS
May 2012 Pescara – Via Trento no. 10 DOS
June 2012 Mantova - Shopping Mall "Fashion District" DOS Outlet Store
September 2012 Rome – Via Frattina DOS
September 2012 Rozzano (MI) - Shopping Mall "Fiordaliso" DOS
September 2012 Taipei (Taiwan) Sogo Zhongxiao Shop DOS
October 2012 Mendrisio (Switzerland) – Fox Town Outlet Centre DOS Outlet Store
November 2012 Barcelona (Spain) – El Corte Ingles, Placa Catalunya 14 DOS
November 2012 Verona – Piazza delle Erbe no. 10 DOS
December 2012 Milan –Malpensa Airport Tulipano Term. 1 DOS
February 2013 Paris – rue Saint Honoré DOS
April 2013 Castelromano (RM) – "Factory Outlet Centre" DOS Outlet Store
May 2013 Venice – Mercerie del Capitello 4940 DOS
July 2013 Florence – Via Calimala no. 7/r DOS
July 2013 Forte dei Marmi (LU) – Via Mazzini 15/b DOS
September 2013 Turin – Via Roma nos. 330/332 DOS
September 2013 Valencia (Spain) – El Corte Ingles, Calle Pintor Sorolla DOS
September 2013 Tainan City (Taiwan) – Mitsukoshi DOS
October 2013 Barcelona (Spain) – El Corte Ingles Diagonal, Av. Diagonal DOS
October 2013 Roissy en France (France) – Aeroville DOS
March 2014 London (United Kingdom) – Regent Street 67 DOS
April 2014 Taipei City (Taiwan) – Mitsukoshi Taipei Xinyi DOS
October 2014 Hong Kong – Hong Kong Island – Sogo Causeway DOS
December 2014 Castelguelfo (BO) - "The Style Outlets" (Piquadro S.p.A.) DOS Outlet Store
December 14 Tainan City (Taiwan) – Dream Mall Tainan (Piquadro Taiwan) DOS

Breakdown of revenues by geographical area

The geographical areas in which the Piquadro Group operates, as defined by the Management as a secondary segment of segment reporting, have been defined as Italy, Europe and Rest of the World.

The table below reports the Group's sales revenues broken down by geographical area, for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in
thousands
Euro)
of
Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2015
%(*) Sales revenues as
at 31 March 2014
%(*) % change
2015/2014
Italy 50,882 75.7% 45,526 72.2% 11.8%
Europe 11,748 17.5% 12,713 20.2% (7.6%)
Rest of the World 4,579 6.8% 4,814 7.6% (4.9%)
Total 67,209 100.0% 63,053 100.0% 6.6%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

Italy

Sales revenues achieved in Italy in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase of 11.8% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, passing from Euro 45,526 thousand to Euro 50,882 thousand; the Italian market accounts for 75.7% of the Group's total turnover in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (72.2% of the total turnover in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

In relation to the growth for new openings of DOS shops, note that the impact of the turnover of the new points of sale opened in the DOS channel in Italy is equal to about 0.4% of the Group's consolidated turnover in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

The sales in the Wholesale Channel in Italy increased by 11.7% compared to 31 March 2014.

Europe

Sales revenues achieved in Europe, in the financial year ended 31 March 2015, reported a decrease of 7.6% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, passing from Euro 12,713 thousand to Euro 11,748 thousand owing to a shrinkage in orders from Russia and Ukraine. Not counting developments in the latter two Countries, the sales in Europe rose by 17.3%. As a whole, the European market accounts for 17.5% of the total turnover in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (down compared to the impact of 20.2% on the consolidated sales reported in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

The first three most significant European countries in terms of impact of the Group's total turnover are Germany, Russia and Spain, which overall account for about 5.9% of the Group's turnover and about 33.6% of the turnover relating to the geographical area Europe.

The Group operates through the two sales DOS and Wholesale channels in 30 European countries. Sales reported by the Wholesale channel in Europe recorded a decrease of 16.7%; not counting developments in Russia and Ukraine sales increased by 14.4%, driven by Spain (+9.7%) and Germany (+8.1%).

Rest of the World

Sales revenues achieved in the Rest of the World (a geographical area which for Piquadro mainly represents the Countries in the Far East) reported, in the financial year ended 31 March 2015, a decrease of 4.9% compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, passing from Euro 4,814 thousand to Euro 4,579 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. The market of the Rest of the World accounts for 6.8% of the total turnover in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (7.6% in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

Sales reported by the Wholesale channel showed an increase of 62%, the actual totals not yet being significant.

Other income

The table below reports the Group's other revenues broken down by sales channel:

(in thousands of
Euro)
31 March 2015 31 March 2014
D
O
Ss
Whol
esale
Total for
the Group
%
Impact
(*)
D
O
Ss
Whol
esale
Total for
the Group
%
Impact
(*)
% change
2015-2014
Charge-backs
of
transportation and
collection costs
- 182 182 0.3% - 245 245 0.4% (25.5%)
Insurance
and
legal refunds
- 142 142 0.2% - 12 12 0.02% 1,083.0%
Sales
revenues
from corners
- 38 38 0.1% - 58 58 0.1% (34.4%)
Other
sundry
income
220 291 511 0.8% 185 309 494 0.8% 3.4%
Total
Other
income
220 654 874 1.3% 185 624 809 1.3% 8.0%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015 other income increased by 8.0%, passing from Euro 809 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 874 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Consumption of materials

The table below reports the Group's costs for consumption of materials broken down by sales channel:

(in
thousands
of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Wholesal Total % DOS Wholesal Total for %
DOSs e for the Impact s e the Impac % change
Group (*) Group t (*) 2015-
2014
Costs
for
consumption of
materials
3,272 9,202 12,474 18.6% 2,346 6,806 9,152 14.5% 36.3%
Total Costs for
consumption
of materials
3,272 9,202 12,474 18.6% 2,346 6,806 9,152 14.5% 36.3%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

The change in consumption must be read together with the change in external manufacturing, as specified in the item "Costs for services and leases and rentals" and relating to production costs.

The increased consumption was due partly to an increase in the Group's business volume and partly to an increase in purchase costs that were generated, in particular in the last quarter, by an appreciation of the US Dollar, which were partially offset by the forward hedges, the effects of which have been recognised under financial operations.

Costs for services and leases and rentals

The table below reports the Group's costs for services and leases and rentals broken down by sales channel for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of
Euro)
31 March 2015 31 March 2014
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total
for the
Group
%
Impac
t (*)
DOSs Wholesal
e
Total
for the
Group
%
Impac
t (*)
% change
2015-
2014
Cost
for
leases
and rentals
6,025 786 6,811 10.1% 6,433 711 7,144 11.3% (4.7%)
External
Production
2,632 7,401 10,033 14.9% 2,498 7,250 9,748 15.5% 2.9%
Advertising
and
marketing
732 3,007 3,739 5.6% 494 2,840 3,334 5.3% 12.1%
Administration 336 1,200 1,536 2.3% 451 1,214 1,665 2.6% (7.8%)
Commercial
services
26 2,954 2,980 4.4% 291 2,143 2,434 3.9% 22.4%
Production
services
1,609 1,177 2,786 4.1% 1,573 1,638 3,211 5.1% (13.2%)
Transport
services
772 3,168 3,940 5.9% 731 2,956 3,687 5.8% 6.9%
Costs
for
services
and
leases
and
rentals
12,132 19,693 31,825 47.3% 12,471 18,752 31,223 49.5% 1.9%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

As at 31 March 2015 costs for services and leases and rentals increased by 1.9% compared to the previous financial year, and the percentage impact on sales revenues decreased passing from 49.5% in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to 47.3%.

Breakdown by sales channel

DOSs

Costs in the DOS channel reported a decrease of 2.7%, passing from Euro 12,471 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 12,132 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. The decrease in costs refers, in particular, to costs for leases and rentals which reported a decrease equal to 6.3% in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. This effect was mainly due to the closure of 14 Company-owned shops in the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2015, which was partially offset by the opening of 8 Company-owned shops.

Wholesale

Costs for services and leases and rentals in the Wholesale channel reported an increase of 5.0%, passing from Euro 18,752 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 19,693 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. The reason for this change was mainly attributable to the higher sales volumes that were recorded in the Wholesale channel and that are closely correlated to the categories such as business services, external manufacturing, transport services.

Personnel costs

The table below reports the Group's personnel costs broken down by sales channel for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in
thousands
of Euro)
31 March 2015 31 March 2014
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total
for the
Group
%
Impac
t (*)
DOSs Wholesal
e
Total
for the
Group
%
Impac
t (*)
%
Change
2015-
2014
Wages
and
salaries
6,119 5,465 11,584 17.2% 5,750 5,584 11,334 18.0% 2.2%
Social security
contributions
1,201 1,073 2,274 3.4% 1,093 1,062 2,155 3.4% 5.5%
TFR 235 210 445 0.7% 208 202 410 0.7% 8.5%
Total
personnel
costs
7,555 6,748 14,303 21.3% 7,051 6,848 13,899 22.0% 2.9%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

The table below reports the number of staff employed by the Group as at 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Executives 4 5
Office workers 298 395
Manual workers 354 395
Total
for
the
656 795
Group

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, personnel costs reported an increase of 2.9%, passing from Euro 13,899 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 14,303 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March

  1. The increase in personnel costs is mainly due to a slight increase in the number of staff members employed by the Parent Company, which was partially offset by the reduction arising from the closure of the Companyowned shops in the Far East area.

Breakdown by sales channel

DOS channel

According to the breakdown by sales channel, the DOS channel reported an increase in personnel costs of 7.2%, passing from Euro 7,051 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 7,555 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. The increase is mainly due to the effect of the opening of shops in Italy in the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2014, which remained operational for the entire financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Wholesale channel

According to the breakdown by sales channel, the Wholesale channel was in line with the cost posted in the previous financial year.

Provisions

The table below reports the Group's provisions for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of
Euro)
31 March 2015 31 March 2014
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total
for the
Group
%
Impac
t (*)
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total for
the
Group
%
Impact
(*)
%
Change
2015-
2014
Provisions - 386 386 0.6% - 430 430 0.7% (10.2%)
Total provisions - 386 386 0.6% - 430 430 0.7% (10.2%)

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

The amount of Euro 386 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 430 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014) relates to the provision for bad debts which has been fully allocated to the Wholesale channel, as the sales in the DOS segment generate almost exclusively instant receipts.

Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs

The table below reports the Group's costs for amortisation and depreciation for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 (*) % 31 March
2014
(*) % % Change
2015-2014
Amortisation of intangible assets 700 1.0% 754 1.2% (7.2%)
Depreciation of property, plant
and equipment 1,714 2.6% 1,598 2.5% 7.2%
Impairment losses of assets 424 0.6% 121 0.2% 250.4%
Total
amortisation,
depreciation and write-downs 2,838 4.2% 2,473 3.9% 14.8%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015 amortisation, depreciation and write-downs reported an increase of 14.8%, passing from Euro 2,473 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 2,838 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015, of which Euro 700 thousand relate to amortisation of intangible assets, Euro 1,714 thousand relate to property, plant and equipment and Euro 424 thousand relate to the write-downs of fixed assets.

Amortisation of intangible assets decreased by 7.2% compared to the previous financial year, passing from Euro 754 thousand as at 31 March 2014 to Euro 700 thousand at 31 March 2015.

The costs for depreciation of property, plant and equipment increased, passing from Euro 1,598 thousand as at 31 March 2014 to Euro 1,714 thousand as at 31 March 2015, mainly for the full application of depreciation for the shops opened by the Parent Company and by the Piquadro UK.

Write-downs, equal to Euro 424 thousand, related to the disposal of furniture and fittings for the closure of some shops in the Far East region.

Other operating costs

The table below reports the Group's other operating costs broken down by sales channel for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in
thousands
of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Total Total
DOS
s
Wholesale for the
Group
%
Impact
(*)
DOS
s
Wholesale for the
Group
%
Impact
(*)
% Change
2015-2014
Taxes other
than income
taxes
98 154 252 0.4% 85 161 246 0.4% 2.8%
Donations - 48 48 0.1% - - -
Total
Other
operating
costs
98 202 300 0.5% 85 161 246 0.4% 21.9%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

As at 31 March 2015 other operating costs, equal to Euro 300 thousand, increased by Euro 54 thousand compared to 31 March 2014.

EBITDA and operating result

As per the details provided in the previous paragraphs as to the changes that occurred in any individual Income Statement item in the financial years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015, the reasons for the decrease in EBITDA can be essentially linked to a lower result recorded in the Wholesale channel. The performance recorded in the Wholesale segment was affected, in particular, by a shrinkage in Russia and Ukraine markets. The increase in profitability in the DOS channel was instead affected by the increase in the sales on the Group's website and by the closure of shops that showed lower profits than those expected by the Management. In general, the relative decrease in EBITDA was attributable to higher production costs that increased in particular in the last quarter of the financial year, due to an appreciation of the US Dollar, which was largely offset by the forward hedges entered into by the Parent Company, the effects of which have been recognised under financial operations, as well as under the pre-tax result.

The table below reports the data relating to the EBITDA, broken down by sales channel, and to the Group's operating result, for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March
2015
% Impact
(*)
31 March
2014
% Impact
(*)
Change
2015-2014
%
Change
2015-2014
EBITDA 8,796 13.1% 8,912 14.1% (125) (1.4%)
Breakdown by channel:
DOS 1,312 1.9% 910 1.4% 402 44.2%
Wholesale 7,484 11.1% 8,002 12.7% (518) (6.5%)
Operating result 5,958 8.9% 6,439 10.2% (481) (7.5%)
Total 5,958 8.9% 6,439 10.2% (481) (7.5%)

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

Specifically, while EBITDA passed from Euro 8,912 thousand (14.1% of revenues) in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 8,796 thousand (13.1% of revenues) in the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the operating result passed from Euro 6,439 thousand (10.2% as a percentage impact on revenues) in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 5,958 thousand (8.9% as a percentage impact on revenues) in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

The reduction in EBITDA was mainly attributable to higher production costs that increased in particular in the last quarter of the financial year, due to an appreciation of the US Dollar, which was largely offset by the forward hedges entered into by the Parent Company, the effects of which have been recognised under financial operations and under the pre-tax result, as well as by the write-down of fixed assets arising from the closure of some shops in the Far East region.

Financial income and charges

The table below reports the Group's financial income and charges for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in
thousands
of
Euro)
31 March
2015
% Impact
(*)
31
March
2014
%
Impact
(*)
Change 2015-
2014
% Change 2015-
2014
Financial income 1,910 2.8% 535 1.6% 1.375 (257.0%)
Financial charges (1,926) 2.9% (1,506) 2.0% (420) 27.9%
Total (16) 0.1% (971) 0.4% (719) (98.35%)

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

This item includes the total of interest expense, commissions and net charges payable to banks and to other lenders and the effect of exchange fluctuations (gains and losses, both realised and estimated).

Net financial income and charges reported a decrease compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, passing from Euro 971 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 16 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

The increase in financial charges as at 31 March 2015 compared to 31 March 2014 was mainly attributable to the change in the financial charges on bank loans as a result of the Group's average indebtedness and to the change in foreign exchange losses.

Financial income mainly related to the positive exchange rate differences, both realised and estimated (equal to about Euro 1,359 thousand as at 31 March 2015 against Euro 335 thousand as at 31 March 2014) commented on above, in addition to interest income on current bank accounts in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 83 thousand).

Income tax expenses

The table below reports the percentage impact of taxes on pre-tax profit for the financial years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014 % Change
2015-2014
Pre-tax profit 5,942 5,468 8.7%
Income taxes (1,863) (1,958) (4.8%)
Average tax rate 31.3% 35.8% (4.5%)

The table below reports the breakdown of the Group's taxes for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March
2015
% Impact
(*)
31 March
2014
% Impact
(*)
% Change 2015-
2014
IRES tax and other foreign 1,287 1.9% 1,683 2.6%
taxes (23.5%)
IRAP tax 440 0.7% 562 0.9% (21.7%)
Deferred tax liabilities 294 (0.4%) (105) (0.2%) (308.0%)
Deferred tax assets (83) (0.1%) (182) (0.3%) (54.0%)
Total 1,863 2.8% 1,958 3.1% (4.8%)

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, income tax expenses decreased by 4.8% passing from Euro 1,958 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 1,863 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Current taxes (IRES [Imposta sul Reddito delle Società, Corporate Income Tax] and IRAP [Imposta Regionale sulle Attività Produttive, Local Tax on Production Activities] taxes for the Parent Company and the equivalent income taxes for foreign subsidiaries) relate to the tax burden calculated on the respective taxable bases.

Net result

The table below reports the net result for the period for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in
thousands
of 31 March % Impact 31 March % Impact % Change 2015-
Euro) 2015 (*) 2014 (*) 2014
Net result 4,079 6.1% 3,510 5.8% 16.2%

(*)Percentage impact compared to sales revenues.

The net result for the financial year ended 31 March 2015 reported an increase of 16.2%, passing from Euro 3,510 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to Euro 4,079 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

In the financial year ended 31 March 2014, the percentage impact on sales revenues was equal to 6.1% (5.8% at 31 March 2014).

Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna), 18 June 2015

FOR THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

THE CHAIRMAN (Marco Palmieri)

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT 31 MARCH 2015

(in thousands of Euro) Notes 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets (1) 4,608 5,020
Property, plant and equipment (2) 12,624 13,059
Receivables from others (3) 682 849
Deferred tax assets (4) 1,339 1,480
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 19,253 20,408
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories (5) 15,962 15,836
Trade receivables (6) 23,185 21,095
Other current assets (7) 1,538 1,457
Derivative assets (8) - 23
Tax receivables (9) 907 256
Cash and cash equivalents (10) 12,705 10,985
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 54,297 49,652
TOTAL ASSETS 73,550 70,060

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Notes 31 March 31 March
(in thousands of Euro) 2015 2014
LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Share Capital 1,000 1,000
Share premium reserve 1,000 1,000
Other reserves 1,239 567
Retained earnings 28,093 25,567
Group profit for the period 4,119 3,526
Total equity attributable to the Group 35,451 31,660
Capital and reserves attributable to minority interests 20
Profit/(loss) attributable to minority interests (40) (16)
Total equity to minority interests (40) 4
EQUITY (11) 35,411 31,664
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings (12) 7,312 10,317
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements (13) 2,085 2,604
Provision for employee benefits (14) 295 254
Provisions for risks and charges (15) 1,040 973
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 10,732 14,148
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings (17) 9,695 7,697
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements (18) 625 576
Derivative liabilities (19) - 89
Trade payables (20) 13,657 12,887
Other current liabilities (21) 3,266 2,999
Current income tax liabilities (22) 163 -
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 27,406 24,248
TOTAL LIABILITIES 38,138 38,396
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 73,550 70,060

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

(in thousands of Euro) Notes 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Revenues from sales (23) 67,209 63,053
Other income (24) 874 809
OPERATING COSTS
Change in inventories (25) (460) (1,961)
Costs for purchases (26) 12,014 11,113
Costs for services and leases and rentals (27) 31,825 31,223
Personnel costs (28) 14,302 13,899
Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs (29) 3,224 2,903
Other operating costs (30) 300 246
TOTAL OPERATING COSTS 62,125 57,423
OPERATING PROFIT 5,958 6,439
FINANCIAL INCOME AND CHARGES
Financial income (31) 1,909 535
Financial charges (32) (1,925) (1,506)
TOTAL FINANCIAL INCOME AND CHARGES (16) (971)
PRE-TAX RESULT 5,942 5,468
(33)
INCOME TAX EXPENSES (1,863) (1,958)
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 4,079 3,510
Attributable to:
EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY 4,119 3,526
MINORITY INTERESTS (40) (16)
4,079 3,510
EARNINGS PER SHARE (34)
(Basic) EARNINGS PER SHARE 0.076 0.070
(Diluted ) EARNINGS PER SHARE 0.082 0.067

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Profit (Loss) for the period (A) 4,079 3,510
Components that can be reclassified to the income statement:
Profit/ (Loss) arising from the translation of financial statements
of foreign companies
780 (127)
Profit/ (Loss) on hedging instruments of cash flows (cash flow
hedge)
48 (48)
Components that cannot be reclassified to the income
statement:
Actuarial gain (losses) on defined-benefit plans (26) (2)
Total Profits/(Losses) recognised in equity (B) 803 (177)
Total comprehensive Income/(Losses) for the period (A) +
(B)
4,881 3,333
Attributable to the Group
Minority interests
4,921
(40)
3,349
(16)

It should be noted that the items of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are reported net of the related tax effect. For more details, reference should be made to Note 4.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED EQUITY

Des
crip
tion
O
ther
res
erve
s
Sha
re
capi
tal
Sha
re
ium
prem
rese
rve
Tran
slat
ion
rese
rve
Fair
val
ue
rese
rve
Res
for
erve
Emp
loye
e
Ben
efits
O
ther
rese
rves
Tota
l O
ther
Res
erve
s
Reta
ined
ings
earn
Gro
up
prof
it
ity
Equ
ibut
able
attr
to
the
Gro
up
Cap
ital
and
Res
erve
s
ibut
attr
able
to
min
orit
y
inte
rest
s
Prof
it/ (L
oss)
ibut
attr
able
to
min
orit
y
inte
rest
s
Tota
l Eq
uity
ibut
attr
able
to t
he
Gro
nd m
inor
ity
up a
inte
rest
s
t 31
.03.2
013
(res
d)*
Bala
tate
nces
as a
1,00
0
1,00
0
143 0 26
-
569 686 23,3
10
3,25
7
29,2
53
40 20
-
29,2
73
Prof
it fo
r the
iod
per
Othe
of t
he c
rehe
nsiv
ult a
31 M
arch
201
4:
ents
s at
r com
pon
omp
e res
3,52
6
3,52
6
-16 3,51
0
-Exc
hang
e dif
feren
ces f
slati
f fin
anci
al st
in f
oreig
tran
atem
ents
rom
on o
n cu
rren
cy
-127 -127 -127 -127
- Re
e for
arial
gain
(los
ses)
on d
efine
d-be
nefit
plan
actu
serv
s
-2 -2 -2 -2
- Fai
r val
f fin
anci
al in
strum
ents
ue o
-48 -48 -48 -48
Tota
l Co
ehe
nsiv
e In
e fo
r th
riod
mpr
com
e pe
-127 48
-
2
-
0 177
-
3,52
6
3,34
9
16
-
3,33
3
- Dis
tribu
tion
of d
ivide
nds t
o sh
areh
olde
rs
-1,0
00
-1,0
00
-1,0
00
-Allo
catio
n of
the
resul
t for
the
end
ed 3
1.03
.201
4 to
year
rese
rves
2,25
7
2,25
7
-
0 -20 20 0
Fair
valu
e of
Stoc
k Op
tion
Plan
s
58 58 58 58
Bala
t 31
.03.2
014
nces
as a
1,00
0
1,00
0
16 48
-
28
-
627 567 25,5
67
3,52
6
31,6
60
20 16
-
31,6
64
Des
crip
tion
O
ther
res
erve
s
Sha
re
capi
tal
Sha
re
ium
prem
rese
rve
Tran
slat
ion
rese
rve
Fair
val
ue
rese
rve
Res
for
erve
Emp
loye
e
Ben
efits
O
ther
rese
rves
Tota
l O
ther
Res
erve
s
Reta
ined
ings
earn
Gro
up
prof
it
Equ
ity
attr
ibut
able
to
the
Gro
up
Cap
ital
and
Res
erve
s
attr
ibut
able
to
min
orit
y
inte
rest
s
Prof
it/ (L
oss)
attr
ibut
able
to
min
orit
y
inte
rest
s
Tota
l Eq
uity
attr
ibut
able
to t
he
Gro
nd m
inor
ity
up a
inte
rest
s
Bala
t 31
.03.2
014
nces
as a
1,00
0
1,00
0
16 48
-
28
-
627 567 25,5
67
3,52
6
31,6
60
20 16
-
31,6
64
Prof
it fo
r the
iod
per
Othe
of t
he c
rehe
nsiv
ult a
31 M
arch
201
5:
ents
s at
r com
pon
omp
e res
4,11
9
4,11
9
-40 4,07
9
-Exc
hang
e dif
feren
ces f
slati
f fin
anci
al st
in f
oreig
tran
atem
ents
rom
on o
n cu
rren
cy
780 780 780 -4 776
e for
arial
gain
(los
ses)
on d
efine
d-be
nefit
plan
- Re
actu
serv
s
-26 -26 -26 -26
- Fai
r val
f fin
anci
al in
strum
ents
ue o
48 48 48 48
Tota
l Co
ehe
nsiv
e In
e fo
r th
riod
mpr
com
e pe
802 4,11
9
4,92
1
4
-
40
-
4,87
7
- Dis
tribu
tion
of d
ivide
nds t
o sh
areh
olde
rs
-1,0
00
-1,0
00
-1,0
00
-Allo
catio
n of
the
resul
t for
the
end
ed 3
1.03
.201
4 to
year
rese
rves
2,52
6
2,52
6
-
0 -16 16 0
Fair
valu
e of
Stoc
k Op
tion
Plan
s
-130 -130 -130 -130
Bala
t 31
.03.2
015
nces
as a
1,00
0
1,00
0
796 0 54
-
497 1,23
9
28,0
93
4,11
9
35,4
51
0 40
-
35,4
11

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 31 March
2015 2014
Pre-tax profit 5,941 5,468
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment/Amortisation of intangible assets 2,414 2,352
Write-downs of property, plant and equipment/intangible assets 424 121
Provision for bad debts 58 430
Net financial charges/(income), including exchange rate differences 16 971
Cash flows from operating activities before changes in working capital 8,853 9,342
Change in trade receivables (net of the provision) (2,148) (8)
Change in inventories (126) (1,609)
Change in other current assets 88 (559)
Change in trade payables 770 (2,143)
Change in provisions for risks and charges 119 (55)
Change in other current liabilities 268 304
Change in tax receivables/payables (488) 1,191
Cash flows from operating activities after changes in working capital 7,336 6,463
Payment of taxes (1,727) (2,245)
Interest collected (paid) 690 (260)
Cash flow generated from operating activities (A) 6,299 3,958
Investments in intangible assets (1,368) (1,823)
Investments in property, plant and equipment (213) (2,094)
Changes generated from investing activities (B) (1,581) (3,917)
Financing activities
Repayment of short- and medium/long-term loans
(1,672) (7,866)
Raising of short- and medium/long-term loans - -
Changes in financial instruments (66) 66
Leasing instalments paid (519) (611)
Other minor changes 259 (121)
Payment of dividends (1,000) (1,000)
Cash flow generated from/(absorbed by) financing activities (C) (2,998) (9,532)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents A+B+C 1,720 (9,491)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 10,985 20,476
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 12,705 10,985

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT 31 MARCH 2015

The Group's business

Piquadro S.p.A. (hereinafter also referred to as "Piquadro", the "Company" or "the Parent Company") and its subsidiaries (collectively "the Piquadro Group" or "the Group") design, produce and market leather goods - bags, suitcases and accessories - characterised by attention to design and functional and technical innovation.

The Company was established on 26 April 2005. The Share Capital has been subscribed through the contribution of the branch of business relating to operating activities on the part of the former Piquadro S.p.A (now Piqubo S.p.A., the ultimate company controlling the Company), which became effective for legal, accounting and tax purposes on 2 May 2005.

Effective from 14 June 2007, the registered office of Piquadro S.p.A. was moved from Riola di Vergato (Bologna), via Canova no. 123/O-P-Q-R to Località Sassuriano 246, Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna).

As of today's date, the Company is owned by Marco Palmieri through Piqubo S.p.A., which is 100% owned. Piqubo S.p.A., in fact, holds 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., which in its turn holds 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A., a company which is listed on the Milan Stock Exchange since 25 October 2007.

It should be noted that for a better understanding of the economic performance of the Company and of the Group, reference is made to the extensive information reported in the Report on operations prepared by the Directors.

The data of these financial statements can be compared to the same of the previous financial year, except as reported below.

These financial statements were prepared by the Board of Directors on 18 June 2015 and will be submitted to the Shareholders' Meeting called on first call for 23 July 2015.

Main events that occurred in the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2015 and related significant accounting effects

On 23 July 2014 the Shareholders' Meeting of Piquadro S.p.A. approved the separate Financial Statements as at 31 March 2014 and the distribution of a unit dividend of Euro 0.02 to the Shareholders, for a total amount of Euro 1 million. The dividend was paid starting from 31 July 2014 with coupon no. 7 being detached on 28 July 2014.

Furthermore, on the same date the Shareholders' Meeting approved the authorisation of the Board of Directors to acquire and dispose of treasury shares, in compliance with the regulatory provisions and regulations in force, and authorised the Board of Directors to acquire the maximum number of treasury shares permitted by law, for a period of 12 months from the date of authorization - that is until the Shareholders' Meeting which approves the financial statements as at 31 March 2015 - by using the reserves available according to the last financial statements as duly approved.

Furthermore, the Shareholders' Meeting authorised the Board of Directors to sell any treasury shares acquired, in one or more transactions, for the consideration set by the Board of Directors, at a minimum of not less, by 20%, than the reference price that the share recorded in the Stock Exchange session of the day preceding each individual transaction.

On the same date, the Shareholders' Meeting approved the Report on Remuneration illustrating the Company Policy concerning the remuneration of Company Directors, members of the Board of Statutory Auditors and executives with strategic responsibilities.

Finally, the Shareholders' Meeting has resolved, in consideration of the fact that neither the third and last tranche of the options assigned under the stock option plan named "2008-2013 Stock Option Plan of Piquadro S.p.A." (the "2008-2013 Plan") has accrued and that, therefore, the plan itself must be considered to be terminated, to fully revoke, for the residual nominal amount of Euro 6,000.00, an increase in the Company's share capital that has been serving the 2008-2013 Plan up to now and the related resolutions passed by the Shareholders' Meeting, as well as to amend section 6 of the Company's By-Laws.

Structure and content of the consolidated financial statements and the relevant Accounting Standards

In compliance with Regulation (EU) no. 1606/2002, the consolidated financial statements of Piquadro S.p.A. as at 31 March 2015 were prepared in accordance with the IAS/IFRS (International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, hereinafter also referred to as "IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and endorsed by the European Union, as supplemented by the related interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC), which was previously named Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC), as well as by the related measures issued in the implementation of article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005.

Basis of preparation

This document reports the consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated statement of financial position, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows and the statement of changes in consolidated equity for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014 and the related explanatory notes.

IFRS means all the "International Financial Reporting Standards" (IFRS), all the International Accounting Standards (IAS), all the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), previously named Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC).

Specifically, it should be noted that IFRS were consistently applied to all periods presented in this document.

As to the procedures for presentation of the financial statements' schedules, the Company adopted the distinction "current/non-current" for the statement of financial position, the single-step scheme for the Income Statement, classifying costs by nature and the indirect method of representation for the Statement of Cash Flows. The Statement of Comprehensive Income is presented in a separate document, as permitted by IAS 1 (revised) with respect to the Income Statement. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in Euro, i.e. the current money used in the economies in which the Group mainly operates.

All amounts included in the tables of the following notes, except as otherwise indicated, are expressed in thousands of Euro.

The Management believes that no significant non-recurring events or transactions occurred either in the FY 2014/2015 or in the FY 2013/2014 nor any atypical or unusual transactions.

Chart of the Group structure

For the purpose of provide a clear representation, below is reported the chart of the Group structure as at 31 March 2015:

Scope of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements as at 31 March 2015 include the separate financial statements of the parent company Piquadro S.p.A. and the financial statements of all the companies in which it retains control, either directly or indirectly.

The financial statements being consolidated were prepared as at 31 March 2015, i.e. the reporting date of the consolidated financial statements and include those especially prepared and approved by the Boards of Directors of the individual companies, as appropriately adjusted, if required, in order to be brought in line with the Accounting Standards of the Parent Company.

The complete list of the equity investments included in the scope of consolidation as at 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014, with the related Shareholders' Equity and Share Capital recognised according to local Accounting Standards (as the subsidiary companies have prepared their separate financial statements according to local regulations and Accounting Standards, and have prepared the consolidation file according to IFRS functionally to the consolidation into Piquadro) are reported in the tables below:

Name HQ Country Currency Share Capital
(local currency
/000)
Shareholders'
equity
(Euro/000)
Control
%
Piquadro S.p.A. Gaggio
Montano
(BO)
Italy Euro 1,000 35,464 Parent
Company

Scope of consolidation as at 31 March 2015

Piquadro España Slu Barcelona Spain Euro 898 762 100%
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH Munich Germany Euro 25 (33) 100%
Uni Best Leather
Goods Zhongshan Co Limited
Guangdong People's Republic of
China
RMB 22,090 580 100%
Piquadro Hong Kong
Limited
Hong
Kong
Hong
Kong
HKD 2,000 154 100%
Piquadro Macau Limitada Macau Macau HKD 25 127 100%
Piquadro Trading (Shenzhen) Shenzhen People's RMB 13,799 1,279 100%
Co. Ltd. Republic of
China
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. Taipei Taiwan NTD 25,000 785 100%
Piquadro France SARL Paris France EUR 2,500 2,534 100%
Piquadro Swiss S.A. Mendrisio Switzerland CHF 100 (82) 51%
Piquadro UK Limited London United GBP 700 964 100%
Kingdom
Piquadro USA Inc. Delaware USA USD 500 465 100%
Piquadro LLC Delaware USA USD 497 462 100%

Scope of consolidation as at 31 March 2014

Name HQ Country Currency Share Capital
(local currency
Shareholders'
equity
Control
%
/000) (Euro/000)
Piquadro S.p.A. Gaggio Italy Euro 1,000 32,198 Parent
Montano
(BO)
Company
Piquadro España Slu Barcelona Spain Euro 898 742 100%
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH Munich Germany Euro 25 (31) 100%
Uni Best Leather Guangdong People's RMB 22,090 258 100%
Goods Zhongshan Co. Limited Republic of
China
Piquadro Hong Kong Hong Hong HKD 2,000 6 100%
Limited Kong Kong
Piquadro Macau Limitada Macau Macau HKD 25 60 100%
Piquadro Trading (Shenzhen) Shenzhen People's RMB 13,799 1,007 100%
Co. Ltd. Republic of
China
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. Taipei Taiwan NTD 25,000 530 100%
Piquadro France SARL Paris France EUR 2,500 2,556 100%
Piquadro Swiss S.A. Mendrisio Switzerland CHF 100 8 51%
Piquadro UK Limited London United GBP - 3 100%
Kingdom

All Group companies are consolidated on a line-by-line basis.

Compared to the financial year ended 31 March 2014, the financial year ended 31 March 2015 saw the establishment of the companies Piquadro USA INC. and Piquadro LLC. Piquadro LLC, which has its registered office in Delaware, is the company that will manage the Group's first flagship store in New York; Piquadro USA INC. holds 100% of the equity investment in Piquadro LLC, whose operations are expected to start on 17 June 2015.

Accounting policies

The accounting policies used in preparing the consolidated financial statements as at 31 March 2015, which do not differ from those used in the previous financial year, are indicated below.

Consolidation criteria and techniques

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and of the companies over which it exercises control, either directly or indirectly, starting from the date when the control was acquired up to the date when control ceases. In this case, control is exercised both by virtue of the direct or indirect possession of the majority of voting shares and as a result of the exercise of a dominant influence expressed by the power to affect, also indirectly by virtue of contractual or legal agreements, the financial and operational decisions of the entities, obtaining the relative benefits thereof, also regardless of shareholding relations. The existence of potential voting rights exercisable as at the reporting date is taken into account for the purposes of determining control.

The companies that the parent company Piquadro S.p.A. controls, either directly or indirectly, and either legally or in practice, are consolidated according to the line-by-line consolidation method, which consists in reporting all the asset and liability items in their entirety from the date on which control was acquired up to the date when control ceases.

The main consolidation criteria adopted for the application of the line-by-line method are the following:

  • (i) subsidiary companies are consolidated starting from the date when control is actually transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated on the date when control is transferred outside the Group;
  • (ii)if required, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiary companies in order to bring the accounting criteria used in line with those adopted by the Group;
  • (iii) assets and liabilities, income and charges of companies consolidated on a line-by-line basis are fully recognised in the consolidated financial statements; the book value of the equity investments is derecognised against the corresponding portion of Equity of the investee companies, entering the individual elements of balance sheet assets and liabilities at their current value at the date of acquisition of control. Any residual difference, if positive, is entered under the asset item "Goodwill"; if negative, in the Income Statement;
  • (iv) debt and credit relationships, costs and revenues, financial income and charges between Companies consolidated on a line-by-line basis, as well as the effects of all transactions effected between the same are derecognised;
  • (v) the portions of Equity and of the result for the period attributable to minority interests are indicated separately in consolidated Equity and Income Statement, respectively.

Financial statements expressed in currencies other than that of the Group's consolidated financial statements, i.e. the Euro, are consolidated following the methodology described above after translating them into Euro. The translation is made as follows:

  • (i) assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date of the consolidated financial statements;
  • (ii) costs and revenues are translated at the average exchange rate of the financial year;
  • (iii) exchange rate differences generated by the translation of the economic values at a rate other than the closing rate and those generated by the translation of the opening Equity at an exchange rate other than the closing rate of the reporting period are classified under a special Equity item up to the sale of the equity investment;
  • (iv) goodwill and fair value adjustments generated by the acquisition of a foreign company are recognised in the related currency as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and are translated using the period-end exchange rate.

The financial statements expressed in a foreign currency other than that of the Countries which have adopted the Euro are translated into Euro by applying the rules indicated above. Below are reported the exchange rates applied for the FY 2014/2015 (foreign currency corresponding to Euro 1):

Foreign currency Average exchange
rate *
Final
exchange rate *
2015 2014 2015 2014
Hong Kong Dollar (HKD) 9.83 10.40 8.34 10.70
Renminbi (RMB) 7.86 8.20 6.67 8.58
Taiwan Dollar (TWD) 38.78 40.07 33.65 42.01
Swiss Franc (CHF) 1.18 1.23 1.05 1.22
Great Britain Pound (GBP) 0.78 0.84 0.73 0.83
US Dollar (USD) 1.27 - 1.08 -

* Exchange rates are rounded up to the second decimal place.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets purchased or internally produced are entered under assets when it is probable that the use of the asset will generate future economic benefits and when the cost of the asset may be determined reliably. These assets are valued at their purchase or production cost.

Intangible assets relate to assets without an identifiable physical substance, which are controlled by the company and are able to generate future economic benefits, as well as any possible goodwill.

Intangible assets with a definite useful life are systematically amortised over their useful life, to be intended as the estimated period in which assets will be used by the company. Goodwill and any other intangible assets, where existing, with an indefinite useful life are not amortised, but are tested for impairment at least on an annual basis, for the purposes of verifying the existence of impairment losses (if any).

The rates applied are:

Development costs 25%
Patents 33.3%
Trademarks 20%
Key money (rights to replace third parties in lease term
lease agreements for points of sale)
Concessions 33.3%

(i) Research and Development costs

Research costs are charged to the Income Statement in the financial year in which they are incurred. Development costs are instead entered under intangible assets where all the following conditions are fulfilled:

  • the project is clearly identified and the related costs can be identified and measured reliably;
  • the technical feasibility of the project has been demonstrated;
  • the intention to complete the project and to sell the intangible assets generated by the project has been demonstrated;
  • a potential market exists or, in the case of internal use, the benefit of the intangible asset has been demonstrated for the production of the intangible assets generated by the project;
  • the technical and financial resources necessary for the completion of the project are available.

Amortisation of Development costs entered under intangible assets will start from the date when the result generated by the project is marketable. Amortisation is made on a straight-line basis over a period of 4 years, which represents the estimated useful life of capitalised expenses.

(ii) Industrial patent and intellectual property rights, Licences and similar Rights

Charges relating to the acquisition of industrial patent and intellectual property Rights, Licences and similar Rights are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred for their purchase.

Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to allocate the cost incurred for the acquisition of the right over the shorter of the period of the expected use and the term of the related contracts, starting from the time when the acquired right may be exercised; usually, this period has a duration of 5 years.

(iii) Key money

Amortisation of the key money (that is payments to third parties to obtain the rights to take over lease agreements for points of sale) is calculated on a straight-line basis according to the lease term of the points of sale. The recoverability of the entry value of intangible assets, including goodwill, if any, is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets".

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are entered at their purchase price or production cost, including any directlyattributable additional charges required to make the assets available for use.

Costs incurred subsequent to the purchase are capitalised only if they increase the future economic benefits inherent in the asset to which they refer.

The assets whose sale is highly probable as at the reporting date of the financial statements are classified under current assets under item "Current assets available for sale" and measured at the lower of the book value and the related fair value, net of estimated selling costs. The sale of an asset classified under non-current assets is highly probable when the Management has defined, by a formal resolution, a plan for the disposal of the asset (or of the disposal group) and activities have been started to identify a purchaser and to complete the plan. Furthermore, the asset (or the disposal group) has been offered for sale at a reasonable price compared to its current fair value. The sale is expected to be completed within a year of the date of classification and the actions required to complete the sale plan show that it is improbable that the plan can be significantly amended or cancelled.

Property, plant and equipment under finance leases, through which all risks and rewards attached to ownership are substantially transferred to the Group, are entered under the relevant classes of property, plant and equipment and are depreciated by applying the same depreciation rates reported below which have been adopted for the related relevant class, provided the lease term is less than the useful life represented by such rates and there is no reasonable certainty of the transfer of the ownership of the leased asset at the natural expiry of the agreement; in this case, the depreciation period is represented by the term of the lease agreement. Assets are entered against the entry of short- and medium-term payables to the lessor financial entity; rentals paid are allocated between financial charges and reduction in borrowings, with the consequent reversal of the rentals for leased assets from the Income Statement.

Leases in which the lessor substantially retains the risks and rewards attached to ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases. Costs for rentals arising from operating leases are charged to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis on the basis of the contract term.

Property, plant and equipment are systematically depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful life, to be intended as the estimated period in which the asset will be used by the company. The value to be depreciated is represented by the entry value as reduced by the presumed net transfer value at the end of its useful life, if it is significant and can be determined reasonably. Land is not subject to depreciation, even if purchased jointly with a building, as well as the tangible assets intended for transfer which are valued at the lower of the entry value and their fair value, net of disposal charges.

The rates applied are:

Land Unlimited useful life
Buildings 3%
Leaseholds improvements (shops) 17.5%*
Machinery and moulds 17.5%
General systems 17.5%
Industrial and business equipment 25%
Office electronic machines 20%
Fittings 12%
Motor vehicles and means of internal transport 20%
Cars 25%

* or over the term of the lease agreement should the same be lower and there is not reasonable certainty of the renewal of the same at the natural expiry of the contract.

Should the asset being depreciated be made up of elements that can be clearly identified and whose useful life significantly differs from that of the other parts making up the asset, depreciation is made separately for each of the parties making up the asset (component approach).

Ordinary maintenance costs are fully charged to the Income Statement. Costs for improvements, refurbishment and transformation increasing the value of property, plant and equipment are charged as an increase in the relevant assets and depreciated separately.

Financial charges directly attributable to the construction or production of a tangible asset are capitalised as an increase in the asset under construction, up to the time when it is available for use.

The recoverability of the entry value of property, plant and equipment is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets" below.

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for by applying the so-called purchase method (as defined by IFRS 3 (revised) "Business combinations"). The purchase method requires, after having identified the purchaser within the business combination and having determined the acquisition cost, all assets and liabilities acquired (including the so-called contingent liabilities) to be measured at fair value. Goodwill (if any) is determined only on a residual basis as the difference between the cost of the business combination and the relevant portion of the difference between acquired assets and liabilities measured at fair value. If negative, it is recognised as a positive component of the result for the period in which the business combination takes place. Transaction costs are directly charged to the Income Statement.

Business combinations of entities under common control

Business combinations of entities under common control are business combinations of entities which are ultimately controlled by the same persons both before and after the business combination and the control is not of a temporary nature. The presence of minority interests in each of the entities being combined before or after the combination transaction is not significant in order to determine whether the combination involves entities under common control.

Business combinations of entities under common control are accounted for so that the net assets of the acquired entity and of the acquiring entity are recognised at the book values they had in the respective accounts before the transaction (continuity of values), without recognising, in the consolidated financial statements, surplus values (if any) arising from these combinations and accounted for in the separate financial statements of the Company.

Equity investments in Associated companies and other companies

If existing, investments in associated companies are valued at Equity.

Equity investments in other companies are measured at fair value; if the fair value cannot be estimated reliably, the investment is valued at cost.

The recoverability of their entry value is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets".

Receivables and other non-current and current assets

Receivables and the other non-current and current assets are classified under financial assets "Loans and receivables". These are non-derivative financial instruments which mainly relate to receivables from customers and which are not listed on an active market, from which fixed or determinable payments are expected. They are included in the current portion, except for those with a maturity exceeding twelve months compared to the reporting date, which are classified under the non-current portion. Initially these assets are recognised at fair value; subsequently, they are valued at amortised cost on the basis of the actual interest rate method. Should an objective evidence exist of any impairment, the asset is reduced so as to be equal to the discounted value of the flows that may be obtained in the future. Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. If the reasons for the previous write-downs no longer apply in the subsequent periods, the value of the assets is restored up to the amount of the value which would be derived from the application of amortised cost had no write-down been made.

Inventories

Inventories are valued and entered at the lower of the purchase or production cost, including additional charges, as determined according to the weighted average cost method, and the value of presumed realisable value inferable from the market performance.

Cash and cash equivalents

The item relating to cash and cash equivalents includes cash, current bank accounts, demand deposits and other short-term high-liquidity financial investments, which are readily convertible into cash, or which can be transformed into cash and cash equivalents within 90 days of the date of original acquisition, and are subject to a non-significant risk of changes in value.

Impairment losses of assets

When events occur that make a possible impairment of an asset expected, its recoverability is checked by comparing its entry value with the related recoverable value, represented by the higher of the fair value, net of disposal charges, and the value in use.

In the absence of a binding sale agreement, the fair value is estimated on the basis of the values expressed by an active market, by recent transactions or on the basis of the best information available in order to reflect the amount that the business could obtain by selling the asset.

The value in use is determined by discounting back the expected cash flows deriving from the use of the asset and, if they are significant and if they can be determined reasonably, from its transfer at the end of its useful life. Cash flows are determined on the basis of reasonable assumptions that can be proved and that represent a best estimate of the future economic conditions that will arise during the residual useful life of the asset, giving greater importance to external factors. Valuation is carried out for individual assets or for the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows deriving from their on-going use (the so-called cash generating unit). An impairment is recognised in the Income Statement should the entry value of the asset or of the cash generating unit to which it is allocated be higher than the recoverable value.

If the reasons for the write-downs previously made no longer apply, the assets, excluding goodwill, are reinstated and the adjustment is charged as a revaluation (reinstatement of value) in the Income Statement. The revaluation is made at the lower of the recoverable value and the entry value, including the write-downs previously made and reduced by the amortisation rates which would have been allocated had no write down been made.

Equity

The Share Capital is made up of the outstanding ordinary shares and is entered at its nominal value. Costs relating to the issue of shares or options are classified as a reduction in Equity (net of the tax benefit related thereto) as a deduction of the income arising from the issue of such instruments.

In case of purchase of treasury shares, the price paid, including directly-attributable additional charges (if any), is deducted from the Group's Equity up to the time of cancellation, reissue or disposal of the shares. When the said treasury shares are resold or reissued, the price received, net of directly-attributable additional charges (if any) and of the related tax effect, is accounted for as an increase in the Group's Equity.

Entries are made in the translation reserve at the time of recognition of the exchange rate differences relating to the consolidation of the companies which prepare the financial statements in a currency other than the Euro.

Entries are made in the legal reserve through provisions recognised pursuant to article 2430 of the Italian Civil Code, or the reserve is increased to an extent equal to the 20th part of the net profits achieved by the Parent Company until the reserve in question reaches a fifth of the Share Capital of the Parent Company. Once a fifth of the Share Capital is reached, if for whatever reason the reserve is decreased, it shall be replenished with the minimum annual provisions as indicated above.

Stock Option plans

The Group acknowledges additional benefits to some Directors, executives, employees and collaborators of the Parent Company and of other Group companies through stock option plans. As required by IFRS 2 – Share-based payments, they must be considered based on equity settlement; therefore, the overall amount of the current value of the stock options at the grant date is recognised as a cost in the Income Statement. Any changes in the current value occurring after the grant date have no effect on the initial valuation. The cost for fees, corresponding to the current value of the options, is recognised under personnel costs on the basis of a straight-line criterion over the period between the grant date and the vesting date, against an entry recognised in Equity.

Hedging financial instruments

The Group carries out transactions in derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. The Group does not hold financial instruments of a speculative nature, as required by the risk policy approved by the Board of Directors. Consistently with IAS 39, hedging financial instruments are accounted for according to the procedures laid down for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are fulfilled:

  • (i) at inception of the hedge, there is formal documentation of the hedging relationship and the company's risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge;
  • (ii) the hedge is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value (fair value hedge) or cash flows (cash flow hedge) that are attributable to the hedged risk;
  • (iii)for cash flow hedges, any forecast transaction being hedged is highly probable and presents an exposure to the changes in cash flows which could finally affect the economic result for the period;
  • (iv) hedge effectiveness is reliably measurable, i.e. the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and the fair value of the hedging instrument can be reliably measured;
  • (v) the hedge must be assessed on an on-going basis and be highly effective for the entire life of the derivative.

The criterion for measuring hedging instruments is represented by their fair value as at the designated date.

The fair value of foreign exchange derivatives is calculated in relation to their intrinsic value and time value.

On each closing date of the financial statements, hedging financial instruments are tested for effectiveness, in order to verify whether the hedge meets the requirements to be qualified as effective and to be accounted for according to hedge accounting.

When the financial instruments are eligible for hedge accounting, the following accounting treatments will be applied:

Fair value hedge - If a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of a balance sheet asset or liability attributable to a specific risk that might impact the Income Statement, the profit or loss arising from the subsequent measurements at fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised in the Income Statement. The profit or loss on the hedged item, attributable to the hedged risk, modify the book value of this item and are recognised in the Income Statement.

Cash flow hedge - If a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the exposure to changes in future cash flows of an asset or liability entered in the accounts or of a forecast transaction which is highly probable and which could have effects on the Income Statement, changes in fair value of the hedging instrument are taken to the Statement of Comprehensive Income, the ineffective portion (if any) is recognised in the Income Statement.

If a hedging instrument or a hedging relationship are terminated, but the transaction being hedged has not yet been effected, the combined profits and losses, which have been entered under the Statement of Comprehensive Income up to that time, are recognised in the Income Statement at the time when the related transaction is carried out.

If the transaction being hedged is no longer deemed probable, the profits or losses not yet realised and deferred to Equity are immediately recognised in the Income Statement.

If the hedge accounting cannot be applied, the profits or losses arising from the measurement at fair value of the derivative financial instrument are immediately entered in the Income Statement.

Earnings per share

Basic

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the Group's economic result by the weighted average of the ordinary shares outstanding in the financial year, excluding treasury shares (if any).

Diluted

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the Group's economic result by the weighted average of the ordinary shares outstanding in the financial year, excluding treasury shares (if any). For the purposes of the calculation of the diluted earnings per share, the weighted average of outstanding shares is modified by assuming the conversion of all potential shares having dilutive effects, while the Group's net result is adjusted to take account of the effects, net of taxes, of the conversion.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are related to loans, trade payables and other obligations to pay and are initially recognised at fair value, while they are subsequently valued at amortised cost, using the actual interest rate method. Should a change occur in the expected cash flows and should it be possible to estimate them reliably, the value of the loans is recalculated to reflect this change on the basis of the present value of the new expected cash flows and of the internal rate of return determined initially. Financial liabilities are classified under current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional right to delay their payment for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Financial liabilities are derecognised from the accounts at the time of their discharge or when the Group has transferred all the risks and charges relating to the instruments themselves. As the Group's financial liabilities have been incurred at variable interest rates, their fair value is substantially in line with the balance sheet value.

Financial instruments and IFRS 7

The category of financial instruments

As required by IFRS 7, below is reported the breakdown of the financial instruments by category relating to the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014.

(in thousands of Euro) 31/03/2015 FVTPL LAR AFS FLAC IAS 17
Leases
Measurement
at fair value
Trade receivables 23,185 23,184 23,184
Assets
for
financial
- - - -
instruments
Cash
and
cash
12,705 12,705 12,705
equivalents
Assets
35,890 35,890 35,890
Non-current borrowings 7,312 7,312 7,312
Payables
to
other
lenders for non-current
2,085 2,085
lease agreements
Current borrowings 9,695 9,695 9,695
Payables
to
other
lenders for current lease
625 625
agreements
Trade payables 13,657 13,657 13,657
Liabilities for financial
instruments
- - - -
Liabilities 33,374 13,657 17,007 2,710 30,664
(in thousands of Euro) 31/03/2014 FVTPL LAR AFS FLAC IAS 17
Leases
Measurement
at fair value
Trade receivables 21,095 21,095 21,095
Assets
for
financial
23 23 23
instruments
Cash
and
cash
10,985 10,985 10,985
equivalents
Assets 32,103 32,080 23 32,103
Non-current borrowings 10,317 10,317 10,317
Payables
to
other
2,604 2,604
lenders for non-current
lease agreements
Current borrowings 7,697 7,697 7,697
Payables
to
other
576 576
lenders for current lease
agreements
Trade payables 12,887 12,887 12,887
Liabilities for financial 89 - 89 89
instruments
Liabilities 34,170 12,887 89 18,014 3,180 30,990

Key

FVTPL: Fair Value Through Profit and Loss LAR: Loans And Receivables AFS: Available For Sale FLAC: Financial Liabilities at Amortized Cost

Risk factors

The Piquadro Group is exposed to risks associated with its own business, which are specifically referable to the following cases:

  • (i) Credit risk arising from business transactions or financing activities;
  • (ii) Liquidity risk relating to the availability of financial resources and to the access to the credit market;
  • (iii) Market risk which is identified in detail as follows;
  • o Foreign exchange risk, relating to operations in currencies other than currencies of denomination;
  • o Interest rate risk, relating to the Group's exposure on financial instruments which bear interest.

Credit risk

The operational management of this risk is delegated to the Credit Management function which is shared by the Administration, Finance and Control Department with the Sales Department and is carried out as follows:

  • (i) assessing the credit standing of the customers;
  • (ii) monitoring the related expected incoming flows;
  • (iii) the appropriate payment reminder actions;
  • (iv) debt collection actions, if any.

The write-down necessary to bring the nominal value in line with the expected collectable value has been determined by analysing all of the expired loans in the accounts and using all the available information on individual debtors. Loans which are the object of disputes and for which there is a legal or insolvency procedure have been fully written down, while fixed write-down percentages have been applied to all the other receivables, again taking account of both legal and actual situations. Below is reported the summary statement of the changes in the Provision for bad debts.

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as at
31 March 2014
Use Accrual Provision as at
31 March 2015
Provision for bad debts 1,173 (328) 386 1,231
Total Provision 1,173 (328) 386 1,231

Position of the loans

As required by IFRS 7, below is reported a breakdown of expired loans:

(in thousands of Euro) Loans
falling due
Expired loans Provision for
bad debts
31/03/2015 Amount in the
accounts
1-60 days 61-120 days Over 120 days
DOSs
Wholesale
280
22,905
280
17,364
1,763 812 4,197 (1,231)
Total 23,185 17,644 1,763 812 4,197 (1,231)
(in thousands of Euro) Loans
falling due
Expired loans Provision for
bad debts
31/03/2014 Amount in the
accounts
1-60 days 61-120 days Over 120 days
DOSs
Wholesale
276
20,819
276
16,146
1,336 1,039 3,471 (1,173)
Total 21,095 16,422 1,336 1,039 3,471 (1,173)

Liquidity risk

The financial requirements of the Group are affected by the dynamics of receipts from customers in the Wholesale channel, a segment which is mainly made up of points of sale/shops; as a consequence, credits are highly fragmented, with variable average payment times.

Nevertheless, the Group is able to finance the growing requirements of net working Capital with ease, through the cash flows generated by operations, including the short-term receipts generated by the DOS channel and, when necessary, through recourse to short-term loans.

In support of the above, below are reported the main ratios of financial management:

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Cash Ratio(*) 0.46 0.45
Quick Ratio (**) 1.40 1.39
Current Ratio(***) 1.98 2.05
Net financial debt/EBITDA 0.80 1.15
Interest coverage ratio(****) 372.4 6.63

(*)Cash and cash equivalents/Current liabilities

(**) (Current assets- inventories)/Current liabilities

(***)Current assets, including inventories/Current liabilities

(****)Operating result/Financial income (charges)

The various liquidity ratios reported above (Cash, Quick and Current Ratios) show that the Group's current operations have a good ability to generate cash flows which ensure an adequate coverage of short-term commitments.

In addition, the management ratios do not show any problematic aspects as regards the coverage of costs deriving from the debt structure through operating profitability.

Furthermore, policies and processes have been adopted which are aimed at optimising the management of financial resources, thus reducing liquidity risks:

(i) maintaining an adequate level of available funds;

  • (ii) obtaining adequate credit lines;
  • (iii) monitoring the perspective liquidity conditions, in relation to the corporate process.

Liquidity schemes

Type of instruments Amount
in the
accounts
Within 1
year
From 1
year to 5
years
Beyond
5 years
Total
31/03/2015
Payables to banks for loans 17,007 9,872 7,481 - 17,353
Payables to banks for credit lines - - - - -
Trade payables 13,657 13,657 - 13,662
Other borrowings (leases) 2,710 670 2,170 - 2,840
Derivative liabilities - - - - -
Total 33,374 24,199 9,651 - 33,850
Type of instruments Amount
in the
accounts
Within 1
year
From 1
year to 5
years
Beyond
5 years
Total
31/03/2014
Payables to banks for loans 18,011 7,078 11,861 - 18,939
Payables to banks for credit lines 3 3 - - 3
Trade payables 12,887 12,887 - 12,887
Other borrowings (leases) 3,180 671 2,787 - 3,458
Derivative liabilities 89 89 - - 89
Total 34,170 20,728 14,648 - 35,376

Below are reported the main assumptions for the table above:

  • (i) Loans payable: the future cash flows have been provided directly by the banks concerned;
  • (ii) Current bank accounts: by virtue of the worst case in which the worst scenario is equal to the repayment on demand of the use of the credit line, the related cash out has been charged to the first time band;
  • (iii) Foreign exchange forwards: the cash out in Euro has been reported which has been envisaged as per contract at the time of the subscription of the derivative instruments;
  • (iv) Finance leases: instalments, plus interest, have been reported.

As at 31 March 2015, the Group could rely on about Euro 34,906 thousand of credit lines (about Euro 36,052 thousand as at 31 March 2014), of which unused lines of about Euro 17,849 thousand (about Euro 18,511 thousand at 31 March 2014) and on cash and cash equivalents of about Euro 12,705 thousand (Euro 10,985 thousand as at 31 March 2014). As regards the balance of Current Assets, and specifically the coverage of payables to suppliers, it is also ensured by the amount of net trade receivables, which amounted to Euro 23,185 thousand as at 31 March 2015 (Euro 21,095 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

The Group is subject to market risk arising from fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies, as it operates in an international context in which transactions, mainly those with suppliers, are settled in US Dollars (USD); furthermore, wages and salaries of the employees of the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods in Zhongshan are paid in Renminbi. It follows that the Group's net result is partially affected by the fluctuations in the USD/Euro exchange rate and, to a lower extent, the Renminbi/Euro exchange rate.

The necessity to manage and control financial risks has induced the Management to adopt a risk containment strategy, better defined as "hedge accounting policy". This consists in continuously hedging the risks relating to purchases over a time period of six months on the basis of the amount of the orders issued that shall be settled in US dollars. This conduct can be classified as a "Cash flow hedge" or the hedge of the risk of changes in the future cash flows; these flows can be related to assets or liabilities entered in the accounts or to highly probable future transactions. In compliance with IAS 39, the portion of profit or loss accrued on the hedging instrument, which is considered effective for hedging purposes, has been recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and classified under a special Equity reserve.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Parent Company executed currency forward contracts for USD 19,700 thousand, equal to an aggregate counter-value of Euro 14,359 thousand, with an average exchange rate of USD 1.372.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2014, the Parent Company executed currency forward contracts for USD 17,400 thousand, equal to an aggregate counter-value of Euro 12,911 thousand, with an average exchange rate of USD 1.3476.

Furthermore, it should be noted that some Group Companies are located in Countries which do not belong to the European Monetary Union, i.e. China, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. As the relevant currency is the Euro, the Income Statements of these companies are translated into Euro at the average exchange rate for the period and, the revenues and margins being equal in the local currency, any changes in the exchange rates may entail effects on the Euro counter-value of revenues, costs and economic results. The effects of these changes, as well as those deriving from the translation of Balance sheets, are recognised immediately in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, as required by the Accounting Standards.

For an analysis of the effects of these risks, reference is made to the table reported below (sensitivity analysis):

Foreign exchange risk (FER)
+10% Euro/USD -10% Euro/USD
Book
value
Of which
subject to
FER
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
12,705 61 (6) - 7 -
Trade receivables 23,185 78 (7) - 9 -
Derivative
financial
instruments
- - - - -
(13) - 15 -
Financial liabilities
Borrowings 17,007 - - - - -
Payables
to
other
lenders
for
lease
2,710 - - - - -
agreements
Trade payables
13,657 2,064 (188) - 299 -
Derivative
financial
instruments
- - - - - -
(188) - 299 -
Total effect as at 31/03/2015 (201) - 244 -
Foreign exchange risk (FER)
+10% Euro/USD -10% Euro/USD
Book Of which Profits Other Profits Other
value subject to (Losses)
changes in
(Losses)
changes in
FER Equity Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
10,985 1,736 (158) - 193 -
Trade receivables 21,095 60 (5) - 7 -
Derivative
financial
instruments
23 - - 394 - (432)
(163) 394 200 (432)
Financial liabilities
Borrowings
Payables
to
other
lenders
for
lease
agreements
18,014
3,180
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Trade payables
Derivative
financial
12,898
89
2,144
-
(195)
-
-
861
238
-
-
(1,249)
instruments
(195) 861 238 (1,249)
Total effect as at 31/03/2014 (358) 1,255 438 (1,681)

The variability parameters applied were identified in the context of changes that are reasonably possible on exchange rates with all other variables being equal.

Interest rate risk

In these financial statements, on 31 March 2015 there were no derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risks.

Interest rate risk (IRR)
+50 bps on IRR -50 bps on IRR
Book
value
Of which
subject to IRR
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
12,705 12,705 63 - (63) -
Trade receivables 23,185 - - - - -
Derivative
financial
instruments
- - - - - -
63 - (63) -
Financial liabilities
Borrowings 17,007 17,007 (85) - 85 -
Payables to banks for
credit lines
- - - - -
Trade payables 13,657 - - - - -
Other
borrowings
(leases)
2,710 2,710 (14) - 14 -
Derivative
financial
instruments
- - - - - -
(99) - 99 -
Total effect as at 31/03/2015 (35) - 35 -
Interest rate risk (IRR)
+50 bps on IRR -50 bps on IRR
Book
value
Of which
subject to IRR
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
10,985 10,985 55 - (55) -
Trade receivables 21,095 - - - - -
Derivative
financial
instruments
23 - - - - -
55 - (55) -
Financial liabilities
Borrowings 18,011 18,011 (90) - 90 -
Payables to banks for
credit lines
3 3 - - - -
Trade payables 12,898 - - - - -
Other
borrowings
(leases)
3,180 3,180 (16) - 16 -
Derivative
financial
instruments
89 - - - - -
(106) - 106 -
Total effect as at 31/03/2014 (51) - 51 -

The variability parameters applied were identified in the context of changes that are reasonably possible on exchange rates with all other variables being equal.

Capital risk Management

The Group manages the Capital with the objective of supporting the core business and optimising the value for Shareholders, while maintaining a correct structure of the Capital and reducing its cost. The Group monitors the Capital on the basis of the gearing ratio, which is calculated as the ratio between net debt

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Net Financial Position 7,012 10,209
Equity 35,451 31,664
Total capital 42,476 41,873
Gearing ratio 16.5% 24.4%

Employee benefits

and total Capital.

Employee benefits substantially include the Provisions for Staff Severance Pay (TFR, Trattamento di Fine Rapporto) of the Italian company of the Group and pension funds.

Law no. 296 of 27 December 2006, the 2007 Finance Law, introduced considerable amendments as regards the allocation of funds of the Provision for TFR. Until 31 December 2006, TFR was included within the scope of postemployment benefit plans, of the "defined benefit" type of plans and was measured according to IAS 19, using the Projected Unit Credit method made by independent actuaries. This calculation consists in estimating the amount of the benefit that an employee will receive on the alleged date of termination of the employment relationship using demographic and financial assumptions. The amount that is thus calculated is then discounted back and reproportioned on the basis of the length of service built up against the total length of service and is a reasonable estimate of the benefits that each employee has already accrued with respect to the work performed. Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in the actuarial assumptions used are recognised in the Income Statement.

As a result of the reform of supplementary pension schemes, the Provision for TFR, as regards the portion accrued from 1 January 2007, is to be considered as being substantially assimilated to a "defined contribution plan". In particular, these amendments introduced the possibility for workers to choose where to allocate the TFR that is accruing. In companies with more than 50 employees, the new TFR flows may be allocated by the worker to selected pension schemes or kept in the company and transferred to INPS (Istituto Nazionale di Previdenza Sociale, National Social Security Institute).

In short, following the reform on supplementary pension schemes, the Group has carried out an actuarial measurement of the TFR accrued before 2007, without further including the component relating to future pay increases. On the contrary, the portion accrued after 2007 has been accounted for according to the procedures attributable to defined contribution plans.

Provisions for risks and charges

Provisions for risk and charges cover certain or probable costs and charges of a fixed nature, whose timing or amount was uncertain at the closing date of the financial year. Provisions are recognised when: (i) it is probable that a current obligation (legal or constructive) exists as a result of paste events; (ii) it is probable that the fulfilment of the obligation will require the payment of a consideration; (iii) the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably. Provisions are entered at the value representing the best estimate of the amount that the Group would rationally pay to discharge the obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the closing date of the period. When the financial effect of time is significant and the payment dates of the obligations can be estimated reliably, the provision is discounted back; the increase in the Provision connected with the passage of time is charged to the Income Statement under item "Financial income (Charges)". The Provision for supplementary clientele indemnity, as well as any other Provisions for risks and charges, is set aside on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the future probable liability, taking account of the available elements and also taking account of the estimates made by independent third-party actuaries.

Income taxes

Taxes for the period represent the sum of current and deferred taxes.

Current taxes are determined on the basis of a realistic forecast of charges to be paid in the application of the tax regulations in force; the related debt is reported net of advances, taxes withheld and tax credits that can be offset, under item "Current tax payables". If there is a credit, the amount is reported under item "Current tax receivables " under current assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the temporary differences between the values of assets and liabilities entered in the accounts and the corresponding values recognised for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are entered when it is probable that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified under noncurrent assets and liabilities and are offset if they refer to taxes that can be offset.

The balance of the set-off is entered under item "Deferred tax assets" if positive and under item "Deferred tax liabilities" if negative".

Both current and deferred taxes are recognised under item "Income tax expenses" in the Income Statement, except when these taxes are originated from transactions whose effects are recognised directly in Equity. In this case, the contra-entry of the recognition of the current tax debt, of deferred tax assets and liabilities is charged as a reduction in the Equity item from which the effect being recorded originated.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the basis of the tax rates which are expected to be applied in the tax year when these assets will be realised or these liabilities will be discharged.

Furthermore, for a better representation of the rules laid down under "IAS 12 – Income Taxes" in relation to the offsetting of deferred taxation, the Group has deemed it appropriate to reclassify portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities where there is a legal right to setoff current tax assets and the corresponding current tax liabilities.

Currency translation

Receivables and payables initially expressed in a currency other than the functional currency of the company which recognises the receivable/payable (foreign currency) are translated into the functional currency of said company at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates on which the related transactions take place. The exchange rate differences realised on the occasion of the collection of receivables and the payment of debts in foreign currency are entered in the Income Statement. As at the reporting date of the financial statements, receivables and payables in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at that date, charging any changes in the value of the receivable/payable to the Income Statement (estimated foreign exchange gains and losses).

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognised at the time of the transfer of all the risks and charges arising from the ownership of the transferred assets.

Revenues and income are recognised net of returns, discounts, allowances and premiums, as well as of the taxes connected to the sale or performance of services.

With reference to the main types of revenues achieved by the Group, they are recognised on the basis of the following criteria and as required by IAS 18:

Sales of goods - retail segment. The Group operates in the retail business through its own network of DOSs. Revenues are accounted for at the time of the delivery of the goods to the customers, when all the risks are substantially transferred. Sales are usually collected directly or through credit cards.

Sales of goods - Wholesale segment. The Group distributes products in the Wholesale market. The related revenues are accounted for at the time of the shipment of the goods, when all the risks are substantially transferred.

Performance of services. These revenues are accounted for proportionally to the state of completion of the service rendered as at the relevant date.

Sales based on repurchase commitments. Revenues and receivables from the buyer are recognised at the time of the delivery of the goods, while reversing the value of the sold goods from the assets. As at the reporting date, revenues and receivables are reversed on the basis of the sales made by the buyer in relation to the sold goods, with a consequent change in the item "Inventories".

Financial income and revenues from services are recognised on an accruals basis.

Cost recognition

Costs are recognised when they relate to goods and services purchased and/or received during the period or relate to the systematic apportionment of an expense from which future benefits derive that can be apportioned over time. Financial charges and charges from services are recognised on an accruals basis.

Use of estimates

The process of drawing up the financial statements involves the Group's Management making accounting estimates based on complex and/or subjective judgements; these estimates are based on past experiences and assumptions that are considered reasonable and realistic on the basis of information known at the moment of making the estimate. The use of these accounting estimates affects the value of assets and liabilities and the disclosure on potential assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date, as well as the amount of revenues and costs in the relevant period. The final results, or the actual economic effect that is recognised when the event takes place, of the financial statement items for which the abovementioned estimates and assumptions were used, may differ from those reported in the financial statements that recognise the effects arising from the event that is subject to estimation, due to the uncertainty that is characteristic of assumptions and the conditions on which the estimates are based.

Main estimates adopted by the Management

Below are briefly described the aspects which, more than others, require greater subjectivity on the part of the Directors in working out the estimates and for which a change in the conditions underlying the assumptions applied could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial data:

Impairment of assets: in accordance with the Accounting Standards applied by the Group, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with a definite life are subject to verification in order to ascertain if an impairment has occurred. This impairment shall be recognised by means of a write-down when indicators exist that could lead to an expectation of difficulties in recovering the relative book value through usage of the asset. Verifying that the abovementioned indicators exist requires the Directors to exercise subjective valuations based on information available within the Group and inferable from the market, as well as using past experience. Moreover, should the likelihood of a potential impairment be ascertained, the Group will set about calculating this using the evaluation techniques that it considers appropriate. Correctly identifying the items that indicate the existence of a potential impairment and the estimates used for calculating the same depend on factors which can vary over time and affect the valuations and estimates carried out by the Directors;

Amortisation and depreciation of fixed assets: the cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straightline basis over the estimated useful life of the related assets. The useful economic life of the Group's fixed assets is determined by the Directors at the time when the fixed asset has been purchased; it is based on past experience for similar fixed assets, market conditions and expectations regarding future events which could have an impact on the useful life, including changes in technology. Therefore, the actual economic life may differ from the estimated useful life. The Group periodically evaluates technological and sector changes in order to update the residual useful life. This periodical update could involve a variation in the depreciation period and therefore also in the depreciation rate for future financial years.

Deferred taxes: deferred tax assets are accounted for on the basis of the income expected in the future financial years. The measurement of the expected income for the purposes of accounting for deferred taxes depends on factors which can vary over time and determine significant effects on the measurement of deferred tax assets.

Provisions for legal and tax risks: provisions are made for legal and tax risks, if required, which represent the risk of being the losing party. The amount of the Provisions (if any) entered in the accounts relating to such risks represents the best estimate at that time made by Management. This estimate entails the adoption of assumptions which depend on factors which can vary over time and which could therefore have effects compared to the current estimates made by the Directors for the preparation of the financial statements.

Below are reported the critical accounting estimates of the process of drawing up the financial statements for which the Management has availed itself of the support and valuations of independent third-party experts (actuaries and financial advisors). Please note that future amendments (if any) to the conditions underlying the judgments, assumptions and estimates adopted could have an impact on the results of financial years after 2012/2013.

Actuarial calculation of defined-benefit pension plans: the estimates, demographic and economic-financial assumptions adopted, with the support of the valuations of an actuarial expert, in the actuarial calculation for the determination of defined-benefit plans within post-employment benefits are broken down as follows:

Annual rate of inflation Probability of exit of the employee
from the Group
Probability of advance payments of
the TFR
1.5% for 2015 and 2.0 for 2014 Frequency of 3.51% for 2015 and
3.78% for 2014
4.63% for 2015 and 4.72% for 2014

Finally, it is specified that the actuarial valuations have been made by using the curve of the interest rates of the corporate securities with rating AA.

Segment reporting – breakdown of segments by divisions

In order to provide disclosures regarding the economic, financial and equity position by segment (segment reporting), the Group has chosen the distinction by distribution channel as the primary model for presenting segment data.

This method of representation reflects how the Group's business is organised and the structure of its internal reporting on the basis of the consideration that risks and rewards are influenced by the distribution channels used by the Group.

The distribution channels selected as those being presented are the following ones:

  • (i) DOS channel;
  • (ii) Wholesale channel.

In fact, the Group distributes its products through two distribution channels: (i) a direct channel, which includes single-brand stores directly operated by the Group (the so-called "Directly Operated Stores" or "DOSs"); (ii) an indirect channel ("Wholesale"), which is represented by multi-brand shops/department stores, single-brand shops run by third parties linked to the Group by franchise agreements and distributors.

All of the shops are, directly or indirectly, selected (through agents and importers) on the basis of their coherence with the positioning of the Piquadro brand, their location, the level of service guaranteed to the end customer, the visibility that they are able to guarantee the Group's products and, finally, the soundness of their equity and financial position.

These consolidated financial statements provide segment information as reported above.

Amendments to Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards, amendments and interpretations

Starting from 1 April 2014, the following accounting standards and amendments to the international accounting standards issued by the IASB and endorsed by the European Union were applied obligatorily:

  • IFRS 10 "Consolidated Financial Statements (Regulation 1254/2012)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, replaces IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC 12 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. The new standard introduces a new definition of control, as well as clarifies the concept of de facto control (control with less than the majority of voting rights) and clarifies the link between control and agency relationship. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively. The application of the new standard has had no effects on the composition of the Group's consolidation area.
  • IFRS 11 "Joint arrangements (Regulation 1254/2012)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC 13 Jointly Controlled Entities - Non-Monetary Contributions by Venturers. The new standard provides for the distinction between joint operation and joint venture, focusing on the rights and obligations of participants rather than on the legal form of the agreement; furthermore, the consolidation on a proportional basis in case of joint ventures is abolished. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively.
  • IFRS 12 "Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, is a newly-introduced standard which must be applied when an entity has interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities. The amendment requires to disclose information on judgments and significant assumptions carried out to determine the existence of the control, joint control or connection relationship.
  • IAS 27 (Revised) "Separate Financial Statements (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard was amended by the IASB on 12 May 2011 as a result of the issue of IFRS 10; the scope of application of IAS 27 is limited to separate financial statements only. The standard regulates the accounting treatment of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in separate financial statements. These amendments have had no effect on the measurement of the items in the financial statements.
  • IAS 28 (Revised) "Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard was amended by the IASB on 12 May 2011 as a result of the issue of IFRS 10 and IFRS 11. It regulates the accounting treatment of investments in associates and joint ventures and the criteria for the application of the equity method.
  • IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 (Amendments) "Transition guidance (Regulation 313/2013)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 28 June 2012, clarifies the time of the first application of IFRS 10 and provides operational guidelines in the event that the application of IFRS 10 determines the

entry or the exit of an entity from the scope of consolidation. The amendment also introduces simplifications concerning the initial application of IFRS 11 and IFRS 12.

  • IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (Amendments) "Investment Entities" (Regulation 1174/2013)". Amendments issued by the IASB on 31 October 2012. The document introduces the exemption for any entities that measure their investments at fair value (Investment entities) from the consolidation obligations laid down under IFRS 10, as the board has deemed it appropriate that, as regards these entities, the information arising from the measurement of investments at fair value is more significant that that arising from the consolidation of assets and liabilities. Furthermore, it is specified that an investment entity must not apply IFRS 3 at the time of the acquisition of control over an entity, but it must proceed with the measurement at fair value as required by IFRS 9 or by IAS 39. Finally, instructions are provided on the accounting treatment in the separate financial statements and on the type of information to be provided. These amendments have had no effect on the measurement of the items in the Group's financial statements.
  • IAS 36 (Amendments) "Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets" (Regulation 1374/2013)". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 29 May 2013 and will be applicable on a retrospective basis starting from the financial years that will commence on 1 April 2014. The document provides that the disclosure obligation relating to the recoverable value of assets or Cash Generating Units (CGU) arises only in the cases when an impairment or a reversal of a previous write-down has been accounted for. It also provides clarifications as to the information to be provided in the case of impairment of an asset, when the recoverable value has been determined by using the fair value method, net of selling costs. The application of these amendments has had no effect on the Group's financial statements.
  • IAS 39 (Amendments) "Novation of derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting (Regulation 1375/2013)". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 27 June 2013 and will be applicable on a retrospective basis starting from the financial years that will commence on 1 April 2014, with early adoption permitted. The document specifies some exemptions from the hedge accounting requirements defined by IAS 39 in the case that an existing derivative must be replaced by a new derivative that has a central counterparty, either directly or indirectly, pursuant to law or regulations. Specifically, this document acknowledges that, if some specific conditions are fulfilled, the novation of a hedging derivative instrument shall not be considered as an expiry or termination of the instrument, generating the prospective discontinuation of hedge accounting. The application of these amendments has had no effect on the Group's financial statements.

These amendments did not entail significant effects on the disclosure provided in this annual financial report and on the valuation of the related balance sheet items.

Accounting Standards, amendments and interpretations endorsed by the European Union but which are still not applicable and which were not adopted by the Group in advance

Starting from 1 April 2015, the following accounting standards and amendments to the accounting standards will be applicable on a compulsory basis, as the EU endorsement process has already been concluded:

IFRIC 21 – "Levies (Regulation 634/2014)". This interpretation was issued by IFRS IC on 20 May 2013 and will be applicable, on a retrospective basis, starting from financial years that will commence on or after 17 July 2014. The interpretation was issued to identify the methods to account for "Levies", i.e. the payments to a government body for which the entity does not receive specific goods or services. The document identifies various types of levies and specifies the event that gives rise to the obligation, which in turn determines, pursuant to IAS 37, the recognition of a liability.

Starting from 1 April 2016 the following accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards shall be applied obligatorily, as the EU endorsement process has already been completed for them:

IAS 19 (Amendments) – "Employee Benefits: Defined Benefit Plans- Employee Contributions (Regulation 29/2015)". This document was issued by the IASB on 21 November 2013 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 July 2014. The objective of the amendments is to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of the number of years of employee service, such as, for example, employee contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of salary.

On 12 December 2013 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2010-2012 Cycle)", as subsequently adopted by the European Union by Regulation 28/2015. These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 July 2014, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

  • IFRS 2 (Improvement) "Share-based Payment: Definition of vesting conditions". Amendments have been made to the definitions of "vesting conditions" and "market condition" and the definitions of "performance condition" and "service condition" have been added.
  • IFRS 3 (Improvement) "Business Combinations: Accounting for contingent consideration in a business combination". It is clarified that a contingent consideration in a business combination classified as an asset or liability must be measured at fair value through profit or loss at each reporting date, regardless of whether it is a financial instrument regulated by IFRS 9 or by IAS 39 or a non-financial asset or liability.
  • IFRS 8 (Improvement) "Operating Segments: Aggregation of operating segments". These amendments require the disclosure of the judgements made by the Management in aggregating operating segments.
  • IFRS 8 (Improvement) "Operating Segments: Reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments' assets to the entity's assets". The amendment requires that the reconciliation should be provided obligatorily only if a measurement of the total assets of operating segments is regularly provided to the Management.
  • IFRS 13 (Improvement) "Fair value Measurement: short-term Receivables and Payables". The improvement clarifies that issuing IFRS 13 does not remove the ability to measure short-term receivables and payables without applying the discounting-back, should these effects have not been significant.
  • IAS 16 (Improvement) "Property, Plant and Equipment & Improvement IAS 38 Intangible assets": Revaluation method". These amendments eliminate some inconsistencies in recognising amortisation and depreciation funds when a tangible or intangible asset is subject to revaluation. Specifically, it is clarified that the gross book value must be adjusted consistently with the revaluation of the net value of the asset and that the amortisation and depreciation fund must be equal to the difference between gross value and net value, less any impairment losses previously recognised.
  • IAS 24 (Improvement) "Related Party Transactions: Key management personnel services". Some provisions are clarified in relation to the identification of related parties and to the information to be provided with reference to key management personnel.

On 12 December 2013 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2011-2013 Cycle)", as subsequently adopted by the European Union by Regulation 1361/2014. These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 July 2014, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

  • IFRS 1 (Improvement) "First-time Adoption of IFRSs: Meaning of effective IFRSs". The amendment clarifies that, upon first-time adoption of IFRS, it is possible to opt for the early application of a new standard aimed at replacing the standard in force, as an alternative to the application of a standard in force as at the transition date.
  • IFRS 3 (Improvement) "Business Combinations: Scope exception for joint ventures". The improvement excludes all types of joint arrangements from the scope of application of IFRS 3.
  • IFRS 13 (Improvement) "Fair value measurement: Scope of paragraph 52 (portfolio exception) (par. 52)". This amendment clarifies that the possibility of measuring a group of assets and liabilities at fair

value also refers to contracts within the scope of application of IAS 39 (or IFRS 9), but that do not meet the definition of financial assets and liabilities provided by IAS32 (such as, for example, any contracts for the purchase and sale of commodities that can be settled in cash at their net value).

IAS 40 (Improvement) – "Investment Property – Clarifying the interrelationship of IFRS 3 and IAS 40". It is clarified that, in order to determine whether the purchase of an investment property falls within the scope of application of IFRS 3, it is necessary to make reference to IFRS 3, while, in order to determine whether the purchase falls within the scope of application of IAS 40, it is necessary to make reference to the specific instructions under said standard.

The Group is assessing the potential effects on the financial statements arising from adopting these standards or amendments to the existing standards.

Accounting Standards being adopted by the European Union

The following updates of the IFRS accounting standards (as already approved by the IASB), as well as the following interpretations and amendments, are being approved by the competent bodies of the European Union:

  • IFRS 9 "Financial instruments". This standard was published by the IASB, in its final version, on 24 July 2014 at the end of a long-term process aimed at replacing the current IAS 39. The standard, the application of which is expected on 1 January 2018, introduces new criteria for the classification of financial assets and liabilities, for the derecognition and impairment of financial assets and the management and accounting for hedging transactions.
  • IFRS 14 "Regulatory deferral accounts". This document was issued by the IASB on 30 January 2014. The standard permits IFRS first-time adopters only to continue to recognise any amounts related to rate regulation in accordance with the accounting standards previously adopted. Its application is expected to start from 1 January 2016, with early application permitted.
  • IFRS 15 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". This standard was published by the IASB on 28 May 2014 and replaces IAS 18 – Revenue, IAS 11 – Construction Contracts, the interpretations SIC 31, IFRIC 13 and IFRIC 15. The new standard applies to any and all contracts with customers, except for any contracts that fall under the scope of application of IAS 17 – Leases, insurance contracts and financial instruments. The new standard lays down a process consisting of five steps which determine the timing and the amount of the revenues to recognise (identification of contracts with customers, identification of the performance obligations laid down as per contract, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price, recognition of revenues upon the fulfilment of the performance obligation). The adoption of this standard is expected to be obligatory starting on 1 January 2017, with early adoption permitted. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively, with the possibility of choosing whether to restate the financial years presented in the comparative disclosures or recognise the effects of its adoption under the opening equity of the first-time adoption financial year.
  • IFRS 11 (Amendments) "Joint arrangements: Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 6 May 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016, with early application permitted. The document states that the principles in IFRS 3 – Business Combinations – regarding the recognition of the effects of a business combination must be applied in order to recognise the acquisition of a joint operation whose activity is represented by a business.
  • IAS 16 and IAS 38 (Amendments) "Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 12 May 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016. The document states that, except in certain limited circumstances, a method of amortisation/depreciation correlated to revenues may not be considered acceptable for both property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

  • IAS 16 and IAS 41 (Amendments) "Agriculture". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 30 June 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016. The document states that the accounting treatment of some specific types of biological activities (fruit trees) must be as laid down in IAS 16.

  • IAS 27 (Amendments) "Separate Financial Statements". The document was issued by the IASB on 12 August 2014. These amendments, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016, allow the equity method to be used to account for investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in separate financial statements. The aim is to reduce management complexity and relative costs for companies that operate under legal systems in which IFRS also apply to separate financial statements.
  • IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (Amendments) "Sales or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture". The document was issued by the IASB on 11 September 2014 in order to solve a conflict between the two mentioned standards in relation to the disposal of an asset or of a subsidiary to an associate or to a joint venture, and will be applicable from 1 January 2016. The amendments provide that, in the case of a disposal or contribution of assets or of a subsidiary to an associate or to a joint venture, the value of the profit or loss to be recognized in the accounts of the transferring/contributing company must be related to the classification of the assets or of the subsidiary that have been transferred/contributed as a business, as defined under IFRS 3. In the event that the disposal/contribution constitutes a business, the entity must recognise the profit or loss in relation to the entire portion previously held; while, otherwise, the entity must recognize the portion of profit or loss relating to the portion still held by the entity that must be derecognized.

On 25 September 2014 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2012-2014 Cycle)". These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 April 2016, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

  • IFRS 5 (Improvement) "Non-current Assets Held for Sale and discontinued operations: change of disposal method". The amendment provides guidelines to apply when an entity reclassifies an asset (or a disposal group) from "held for sale" to "held for distribution" (or vice versa), or when the requirements for the classification of an asset as "held for distribution" are no longer met.
  • IFRS 7 (Improvement) "Financial instruments: disclosures". The document regulates the introduction of additional guidelines to clarify whether a servicing contract constitutes a residual involvement in a transferred business for the purposes of the required disclosures. Furthermore, in relation to the offsetting of financial assets and liabilities, the document clarifies that the disclosures are not expressly required for all interim financial statements. However, these disclosures could be required in order to meet the requirements set out under IAS 34, when they are significant disclosures.
  • IAS 19 (Improvement) "Employee benefits: discount rate". The document introduces amendments to IAS 19 in order to clarify that the high quality corporate bonds used to determine the discount rate of postemployment benefits should be issued in the same currency as that used to pay the benefits. The amendments specify that the extent of the high quality corporate bonds market must be considered at currency level.
  • IAS 34 (Improvement) "Interim financial reporting: disclosure of information elsewhere in the interim financial report". The document introduces amendments in order to clarify the requirements to apply when the required disclosures are presented in the interim financial report, but not in the sections of the financial statements. The amendment specifies that these disclosures must be included through cross-references between the two documents, provided that both of them are available to the users of the financial statements in the same manners and within the same time limits.
  • IAS 1 (Amendments) "Presentation of financial statements". The document was issued by the IASB on 18 December 2014. The amendments, which will be applicable starting from the financial years that will

commence on 1 April 2016, are aimed at making the preparation of the financial statements more clear and intelligible. The amendments relate to:

  • o materiality and aggregation: clarifies that an entity should not obscure useful information by aggregating or disaggregating information; and that materiality considerations apply to the primary statements, explanatory notes and any specific disclosure requirements in IFRSs, i.e. disclosures specifically required by IFRSs need to be provided only if the information is material;
  • o statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income: clarifies that the list of line items specified by IAS 1 for these statements can be disaggregated and aggregated as relevant. Additional guidance has been added on the presentation of subtotals in these statements;
  • o presentation of other comprehensive income ("OCI"): clarifies that an entity's share of OCI of associates and joint ventures consolidated according to the equity method should be presented in aggregate as single line items based on whether or not it will subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss;
  • o explanatory notes: clarifies that entities have flexibility when designing the structure of the explanatory notes and provides guidance on how to determine a systematic order of the notes.
  • IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IAS 28 (Amendments) "Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation Exception". The document, which was published by the IASB on 18 December 2014, introduces the following amendments:
  • o the exemption from preparing consolidated financial statements for a sub-holding company also applies to a parent entity that is a subsidiary of an investment entity;
  • o a subsidiary that provides services that support the investment entity's investment activities: the amendments clarify that only a subsidiary that is not an investment entity itself is consolidated;
  • o the application of the equity method by a non-investment entity that has an interest in an associate or joint venture that is an investment entity: the amendments allow the investor to retain the fair value measurement applied by the investment entity associate or joint venture to its interests in subsidiaries;
  • o an investment entity that measures its subsidiaries at fair value must provide the disclosures required by IFRS 12.

As at the date of this annual financial Report, it was not deemed that the accounting standards, interpretations and amendments to accounting standards listed above may have potential significant impacts on the Group's equity, financial and economic position.

COMMENTS ON THE ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

ASSETS

Non-current assets

The following statements have been prepared for the two classes of fixed assets (intangible assets and property, plant and equipment) which report, for each item, historical costs, the previous amortisation and depreciation, the changes that occurred in the last two financial years and the closing balances.

Note 1 – Intangible assets

The table below reports the opening balance, the changes that occurred in the FY 2013/2014 and FY 2014/2015 2014 and the final balance of intangible assets:

(in thousands
of Euro)
Development
costs
Industrial
patent
rights
Software,
licences,
trademarks and
other rights
Other fixed
assets
Fixed assets
under
development
Total
Gross value 592 50 1,921 5,171 47 7,781
Amortisation
fund
(592) (43) (1,442) (1,753) - (3,830)
Net value as at
31/03/2013
- 7 479 3,418 47 3,951
Increases for the
period
- 7 120 1,617 79 1,823
Decrease for the
period
- - - - - -
Reclassifications - - 3 44 (47) -
Amortisation - (5) (279) (470) - (754)
Write-downs - - - - - -
Other - - - (266) - (266)
reclassifications
of historical cost
Other - - - 266 - 266
reclassifications
of
amortisation
fund
Exchange - - - 21 - 21
differences
on
gross value
Exchange - - - (21) - (21)
differences
on
amortisation
fund
Gross value 592 57 2,044 6,545 79 9,317
Amortisation (592) (48) (1,721) (1,936) - (4,297)
fund
Net value as at
31/03/2014
- 9 323 4,609 79 5,020
Increases for the 1 138 74 213
period
Decrease for the (13) (13)
period
Reclassifications 66 (66) 0
Amortisation (5) (238) (457) (700)
(in thousands
of Euro)
Development
costs
Industrial
patent
rights
Software,
licences,
trademarks and
other rights
Other fixed
assets
Fixed assets
under
development
Total
Write-downs
Other
reclassifications
of historical cost
Other
reclassifications
of
amortisation
fund
Exchange
differences
on 53 53
gross value
Exchange
differences
amortisation
fund
on (7) (7)
Gross value
Amortisation
fund
57
(52)
2,293
(1,959)
6,672
(2,350)
0
0
9,022
4,361
Net value as at
31/03/2015
5 334 4,267 0 4,608

Increases in intangible assets, equal to Euro 213 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,823 thousand as at 31 March 2014) related for Euro 205 thousand to investments in software and IT products, for Euro 20 thousand to trademarks, for Euro 23 thousand to key moneys paid.

In the course of the FY 2014/2015 no trigger events occurred as to the key moneys outstanding at the year-end (Milan – Via della Spiga, Bologna - Piazza Maggiore, Rome – Cinecittà, Milan – Corso Buenos Aires, Milan - Assago, Pescara, Milan –Fiordaliso Shopping Mall, Verona – Piazza delle Erbe, Venice, Forte dei Marmi, Florence, Paris and London), which could indicate potential impairment losses of the same.

Note 2 – Property, plant and equipment

The table below reports the opening balance, the changes that occurred in the FY 2013/2014 and FY 2014/2015 and the final balance of property, plant and equipment:

in thousands of
Euro)
Land Buildings Plant and
equipment
Industrial and
business
equipment
Other
assets
Fixed assets
under
construction
and
advances
Total
Gross value 878 6,283 2,671 12,124 336 214 22,506
Depreciation
fund
- (1,325) (2,459) (5,706) (332) - (9,822)
Net value as at
31/03/2013
878 4,958 212 6,418 4 214 12,684
Increases for the
period
- - 80 1,898 - 116 2,094
Sales
and
derecognitions
(gross value)
- - - (26) - - (26)
in thousands of
Euro)
Land Buildings Plant and
equipment
Industrial and
business
equipment
Other
assets
Fixed assets
under
construction
and
advances
Total
Sales
and
derecognitions
(depreciation
fund)
- - - 17 - - 17
Depreciation
Write-down
of
-
-
(196)
-
(79)
-
(1,319)
(337)
(4)
-
-
-
(1,598)
(337)
gross value
Write-down
of
depreciation
fund
- - - 216 - - 216
Reclassifications
Other
reclassifications
of historical cost
-
-
-
-
-
-
214
9
-
-
(214)
-
-
9
Other
reclassifications
of
depreciation
fund
- - - (9) - - (9)
Exchange
differences
on
gross value
- - (10) (56) - - (66)
Exchange
differences
on
depreciation
fund
- - 12 63 - - 75
Gross value
Depreciation
878
-
6,283
(1,521)
2,741
(2,526)
13,826
(6,738)
336
(336)
116
-
24,180
(11,121)
fund
Net value as at
878 4,762 215 7,088 - 116 13,059
31/03/2014
Increases for the
48 1,242 30 48 1,368
period
Sales
and
derecognitions
(gross value)
(5) (312) (317)
Sales
and
derecognitions
(depreciation
fund)
5 261 266
Depreciation
Write-down
of
gross value
(195) (74) (1,446)
(722)
(3) (1,718)
(722)
Write-down
of
depreciation
303 303
fund
Reclassifications
Other
reclassifications
116 (116) 0
of historical cost
Other
reclassifications
of
depreciation
0
in thousands of
Euro)
Land Buildings Plant and
equipment
Industrial and
business
equipment
Other
assets
Fixed assets
under
construction
and
advances
Total
fund
Exchange 64 473 9 546
differences on
gross value
Exchange (48) (114) (162)
differences on
depreciation
fund
Gross value 878 6,283 2,848 14,624 30 57 24,719
Depreciation (1,716) (2,643) (7,734) (3) (11,870)
fund
Net value as at
31/03/2015
878 4,567 205 6,890 27 57 12,624

Increases in property, plant and equipment, equal to Euro 1,368 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 2,094 thousand as at 31 March 2014), were mainly attributable to the purchases of moulds relating to new products for Euro 48 thousand, to furniture and fittings for Euro 1,078 thousand and to sundry equipment purchased for new DOSs opened in the period under consideration and to the refurbishment of some existing shops for Euro 81 thousand, to the purchase of electronic machines for 76 Euro thousand, to the purchase of minor assets for Euro 6 thousand and to property, plant and equipment under construction (relating to furniture and fittings for new shops being opened in the United States) for Euro 48 thousand.

Write-downs, equal to Euro 419 thousand, related to the write-down of furniture and fittings for the disposal of some points of sale in the Far East region, in particular in Hong Kong (Euro 260 thousand), China (Euro 120 thousand) and Taiwan (Euro 44 thousand). These write-downs related to the decisions of the Management to change its approach in such markets, moving the business from the DOS channel to the Wholesale channel.

Below are reported the net book values of the assets held through finance lease agreements:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Land 878 878
Buildings 4,318 4,762
Industrial and business equipment 80 180
Total 5,276 5,820

Note 3 - Receivables from others

Receivables from others (equal to Euro 682 thousand as at 31 March 2015 compared to Euro 849 thousand as at 31 March 2014) relate to guarantee deposits paid both for various utilities, including those relating to the operation of Company-owned shops, and deposits relating to the lease of shops that are not yet operating.

Note 4 – Deferred tax assets

((in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Deferred tax assets:
- within 12 months 603 381
- beyond 12 months 1,121 1,190
1,724 1,571
Deferred tax liabilities
- within 12 months 323 29
- beyond 12 months 62 62
385 91
Net Position 1,339 1,480

Below are reported the relevant changes:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Opening Net Position 1,480 1,228
Credit/(Debit) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (167) 234
Credit/(Debit) to Equity 26 18
Total 1,339 1,480

Below are reported the main elements that make up deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities and their changes in the last two financial years:

Deferred tax assets 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro) Temporary Tax effect Temporary Tax effect
differences (IRES+IRAP) differences (IRES+IRAP)
Deferred tax assets with effect
through P&L:
Provision for bad debts 1,057 291 1,040 286
Provision
for
obsolescence
of
479 132 450 124
inventories
Provisions for risks and charges 243 42 260 61
Amortisation and depreciation 517 162 628 201
Effects of consolidation 800 251 1,251 393
Others 2,706 846 1,628 482
Total 5,802 1,724 5,257 1,547
Amount credited (debited) to P&L 158 124
Deferred
tax
assets
with
effect
through comprehensive income:
Hedging
transactions
(cash
flow
- - 89 24
hedge)
Total - - 89 24
Amount
credited
(debited)
to
- - - 24
comprehensive income
Total tax effect 5,707 1,724 5,346 1,571
Deferred tax liabilities 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro) Temporary Tax effect Temporary Tax effect
differences (IRES+IRAP) differences (IRES+IRAP)
Deferred tax liabilities with effect
through P&L:
Others 1,394 383 303 83
Total 1,394 383 303 83
Amount credited (debited) to P&L (294) (110)
Deferred tax liabilities with effect
through comprehensive income:
Hedging transactions (cash flow hedge) - - 23 6
Defined-benefit plans 7 2 6 2
Total 7 2 29 8
Amount
credited
(debited)
to
comprehensive income
- - 6
Total tax effect 1,401 385 332 91

The amount of deferred tax assets (equal to Euro 1,724 thousand as at 31 March 2015 against Euro 1,571 thousand as at 31 March 2014) is mainly made up of temporary tax differences relating to Piquadro S.p.A. (Euro 1,161 thousand as at 31 March 2015 against Euro 1,046 thousand as at 31 March 2014), relating to the IRES and IRAP tax effect on taxed funds, in addition to adjustments made at the time of the preparation of the consolidated financial statements (including the reversal of the intercompany profit with an advanced tax effect equal to about Euro 141 thousand).

Current assets

Note 5 - Inventories

The tables below report the breakdown of net inventories into the relevant classes and the changes in the Provision for write-down of inventories (entered as a direct reduction in the individual classes of inventories), respectively:

(in thousands of Euro) Gross value as at
31 March 2015
Provision for
write-down
Net value as at
31 March 2015
Net value as at
31 March 2014
Raw materials 2,495 (151) 2,344 2,721
Semi-finished products 661 661 589
Finished products 13,284 (327) 12,957 12,526
Inventories 16,440 (478) 15,962 15,836

Below is reported the breakdown and the changes in the Provision for write-down of inventories:

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as at 31
March 2014
Use Accrual Provision as at 31
March 2015
Provision for write-down of raw
materials
151 - 151
Provision for write-down of finished
products
299 (236) 264 327
Total Provision for write-down of
inventories
450 (236) 264 478

31 March 2015 saw the recognition of a modest increase of Euro 126 thousand in inventories compared to the corresponding values at 31 March 2014. This increase is mainly attributable to seasonal trends and to the growth in the Group's turnover.

Note 6 - Trade receivables

Below is the breakdown of trade receivables:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Receivables from customers 24,416 22,268
Provision for bad debts (1,231) (1,173)
Current trade receivables 23,185 21,095

Gross trade receivables amounted to Euro 24,416 thousand at 31 March 2015, showing an increase of Euro 2,147 thousand compared to the balance at 31 March 2014. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase recorded in the sales in the Wholesale channel (6.6%).

The adjustment to the face value of receivables from customers at their presumed realisable value is obtained through a special Provision for bad debts, whose changes are showed in the table below:

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as at 31 March 2015 Provision as at 31 March 2014
Balance at the beginning of the 1,173 1,377
period
Accrual 386 430
Uses (328) (634)
Total Provision for bad debts 1,231 1,173

Note 7 – Other current assets

Below is reported the breakdown of other current assets:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Other assets 280 485
Accrued income and prepaid expenses 1,257 972
Other current assets 1,537 1,457

Other assets related to advances to suppliers of the Parent Company for Euro 51 thousand, INAIL advances of Euro 56 thousand and VAT credits related to subsidiaries (Euro 115 thousand).

Accrued income and prepaid expenses mainly related to the Parent Company for prepaid expenses on rents (equal to Euro 363 thousand) and advertising (Euro 388 thousand).

Nota 8 – Derivative assets

As at 31 March 2015 there were no assets relating to currency forward purchases (USD) (as at 31 March 2014 there were derivative assets equal to Euro 23 thousand).

The Group hedges the exchange risk connected to purchases of raw materials in US dollars and for contract work done in China. In consideration for this risk, the Group makes use of instruments to hedge the risk attached to the related rate, trying to fix and crystallise the exchange rate at a level that is in line with the budget forecasts.

In the course of the financial year there were no transfers between the various fair value levels. Furthermore, the effect on the measurement at fair value following the application of IFRS 13 governing the inclusion of nonperformance risks was not significant.

Note 9 – Tax receivables

As at 31 March 2015 tax receivables were equal to Euro 907 thousand (Euro 256 thousand at 31 March 2014) and related to the excess advances paid by the Parent Company for IRES and IRAP taxes with respect to the payable for current taxes for the period. The balance also includes "Receivable for IRES/direct tax refund" (equal to Euro 270 thousand for the parent company and Euro 89 thousand for Piquadro France), relating – for the Parent Company to the refund of the IRES tax due following the deductibility of the IRAP tax relating to the cost of subordinate employment and employment treated as such referred to in Decree Law 201/2011 and Decree Law 16/2012 for the years 2007- 2011. This amount must be considered as a receivable due beyond 12 months.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Receivables for income taxes 9 (14)
Receivable for IRES tax refund 898 270
Tax receivables 907 256

Note 10 – Cash and cash equivalents

Below is reported the breakdown of cash and cash equivalents (mainly relating to the Parent Company):

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Available current bank accounts 12,619 10,890
Money, cash on hand and cheques 86 95
Cash and cash equivalents 12,705 10,985

The balance represents cash and cash equivalents and the existence of money and cash on hand at the closing date of the period. For a better understanding of the dynamics in the Company's liquidity, reference is made to the Statement of Cash Flows.

LIABILITIES

Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity

a) Share Capital

As at 31 March 2015, the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A. was equal to Euro 1,000 thousand and was represented by 50,000,000 ordinary shares, fully subscribed and paid up, with regular enjoyment, with no indication of their par value.

On 24 July 2012, the Shareholders' Meeting approved the guidelines of a new stock option plan for the 2012-2017 period, which is reserved for certain Directors, executives with strategic responsibilities, employees and collaborators of Piquadro S.p.A. and of other companies owned by it, and resolved to approve the consequent capital increase, excluding the right of option serving the plan, up to a maximum amount of Euro 93,998, through the issue of a maximum number of 4,699,900 ordinary shares of Piquadro SpA, of no par value, having the same features and enjoyment as the outstanding shares; this capital increase may be also implemented in more than one payment and is divisible by 31 December 2018.

On 26 September 2012, the Board of Directors resolved to determine the subscription price of the Piquadro ordinary shares, to be paid by the beneficiaries at the time of the subscription of the shares deriving from the exercise of the options, for an amount of Euro 1.53 per share, thus determining an overall number of 3,600,000 rights of option to be assigned to the respective beneficiaries. Furthermore, subject to the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, the list of the plan's beneficiaries was approved, specifying the number of rights of option assigned to each of them.

The new stock option plan will have a term of five years and the accrual of options, to the extent of 30% by 30 September 2015, 30% by 30 September 2016 and 40% by 30 September 2017, is subject to:

  • (i) the permanence of the relationship of administration, subordinate employment or collaboration, as the case may be;
  • (ii) the achievement by the Piquadro Group of certain EBIT targets, expected respectively for the related financial year, with a normalized positive NFP;
  • (iii)the circumstance that the Piquadro shares as at the date of accrual are still listed in an Italian regulated market.

The criterion adopted to measure the 2012-2017 stock option plans is based on the Black – Scholes model, which has been properly amended in order to be able to include the conditions of accrual of the options. The calculation model has been created specifically in order to take account of the characteristics envisaged in the rules of the plan.

As at the date of this Report, the 2008-2013 Stock Option Plan, as approved by the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A. on 31 January 2008, had been settled and no option assigned by virtue of the same was or had been exercised.

As regards the 2012-2017 Stock Option Plan, it should be noted that, on the basis of the results achieved by the Group from the approval of the stock option plan up to today and on the basis of the new plans prepared by the Management, it is emerged that the chances of attaining the EBITDA and Net Financial Position targets set out in the plan are very close to zero. As they are "non-market conditions" and taking account of these chances in accounting for the plan, the amount that had been previously accounted for under the "Stock Option Reserve" in previous financial years was consequently taken to the Income Statement (as the plan had become "out of the money").

b) Share premium reserve

This reserve, which remained unchanged compared to the previous financial year, was equal to Euro 1,000 thousand.

c) Translation reserve

As at 31 March 2015 the reserve was positive for Euro 797 thousand (it reported a positive balance of Euro 16 thousand as at 31 March 2014). This item is referred to the exchange rate differences due to the consolidation of the companies with a relevant currency other than the Euro, i.e. Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. and Piquadro Macau Limitada (the relevant currency being the Hong Kong Dollar), Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. and Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. (the relevant currency being the Chinese Renminbi), Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. (the relevant currency being the Taiwan Dollar), Piquadro Swiss SA (the relevant currency being the Swiss Franc), Piquadro UK Limited (the relevant currency being the Great Britain Pound), Piquadro USA Inc. and Piquadro LLC (the relevant currency being the US Dollar).

d) Group net profit

This item relates to the recognition of the profit recorded by the Group, equal to Euro 4,118 thousand as at 31 March 2015.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Parent Company's profit for the period, as resulting from the separate financial statements at 31 March 2014, was allocated as follows:

  • Euro 1,000 thousand to dividends, corresponding to earnings per share equal to about Euro 0.06 per share to 50,000,000 outstanding shares and to a payout of about 41.4% of the profit for the period;
  • Euro 2,526 thousand to Profits carried forward.

e) Profits and reserves attributable to minority interests

The item refers to the portions of reserves and profits, equal to a negative value of Euro 40 thousand (at 31 March 2014 profits and reserves attributable to minority interests were equal to Euro 4 thousand), which are attributable to the minority interests of Piquadro Swiss SA.

Non-current liabilities

Note 12 – Borrowings

Below is the breakdown of non-current payables to banks:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Borrowings from 1 to 5 years 7,312 10,317
Borrowings beyond 5 years - -
Medium/long-term borrowings 7,312 10,317

As at 31 march 2015, borrowings mainly related to the Parent Company. Below is the summary of the capital quotas still to be repaid as at the reporting date:

    1. Euro 405 thousand for the unsecured loan granted by Carisbo S.p.A. in 22 November 2010 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,700 thousand), due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,675 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by UBI Banca Popolare Commercio & Industria on 30 July 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,000 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 660 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 1,015 thousand;
    1. Euro 2,000 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by UBI Banca Popolare Commercio & Industria on 1 August 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 3,000 thousand), due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,010 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Credem Credito Emiliano on 24 June 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,000 thousand), due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,200 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Credem Credito Emiliano on 24 November 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 1,200 thousand), due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 2,700 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Unicredit on 2 March 2015 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,700 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 1,794 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 906 thousand;
    1. Euro 2,500 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by ICCREA Banca Impresa S.p.A. on 26 March 2015 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,500 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 823 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 1,677 thousand;
    1. Euro 5,000 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Mediocredito Italiano S.p.A. on 13 February 2015 of which a current portion of Euro 1,250 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 3,750 thousand;
    1. Euro 375 thousand fully relating to the short-term portion of the Unicredit loan (Shanghai branch) granted to the subsidiary Piquadro Trading Shenzhen;
    1. Euro 187 thousand fully relating to the short-term portion of the Minority shareholders loan of the subsidiary Piquadro Swiss SA, which was entered into on 16 October 2012 for an initial amount of 196 thousand Swiss Francs.
(in thousands
of Euro)
Date of
granting of
the loan
Initial
amount
Currency Current
borrowings
Amort.
cost
(S/T)
Non-current
borrowings
Amort.
Cost
(L/T)
Total
Carisbo loan 22
November
2,700 Euro 405 (1) 0 - 404
2010
UBI loan 30 July 2014 2,000 Euro 665 1,019 1,678
UBI loan 1 August 2014 3,000 Euro 2,008 (7) 2,001
Credem loan 24 June 2014 2,000 Euro 1,010 (2) 1,008
Credem loan 24
November
1,200 Euro 1,204 1,204
2014
Unicredit loan 2 March 2015 2,700 Euro 1,797 (14) 906 (3) 2,685
ICCREA loan 26 March 2015 2,500 Euro 823 (7) 1,677 (6) 2,486
Mediocredito loan 13 February 5,000 Euro 1,251 (15) 3,750 (27) 4,415
2015
Currency Piquadro 4,150 CNY 376 422
Unicredit loan Trading
Shenzhen
Currency loan Piquadro Swiss 196 CHF 187 165
SA
9,173 (47) 7,312 (37) 17,007

Below is reported the breakdown of the loans:

Note 13 – Payables to other lenders for lease agreements

Below is reported the following breakdown:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Non-current:
Payables to leasing companies 2,085 2,604
Current:
Payables to leasing companies 625 576
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements 2,710 3,180
Below is reported the following additional breakdown:
(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements:
Due within 1 year 625 670
Due from 1 to 5 years 2,085 2,786
Due beyond 5 years
Financial interest to be paid (181) (276)
Present value of payables to other lenders for lease agreements 2,480 3,180

As at 31 March 2015, payables to other lenders due beyond 12 months were equal to Euro 2,085 thousand and mainly related to the lease agreement initially entered into by Piqubo Servizi S.r.l., which was merged by incorporation into Piquadro S.p.A. by deed of 24 October 2008, with Centro Leasing S.p.A. in relation to the plant, land and the automated warehouse located in Località Sassuriano, Silla di Gaggio Montano (Province of Bologna) (Euro 2,604 thousand at 31 March 2014), as well as to the new lease agreement entered into on 28 February 2015 in relation to corporate software for a total of Euro 66 thousand.

Note 14 – Provision for Employee Benefits

This item includes post-employment benefits measured by using the actuarial valuation method of projected unit credit applied by an independent actuary according to IAS 19.

Below are reported the changes that occurred in the course of the last two financial years in the Provision for TFR (which represents the entire value of the Provision for employee benefits), including the effects of the actuarial valuation:

(in
thousands
of
Provision for TFR
Euro)
Balance as at 31 March 2013 252
Financial charges 7
Net actuarial Losses (Gains) accounted for in the period (5)
Indemnities paid in the financial year -
Balance as at 31 March 2014 254
Financial charges 16
Net actuarial Losses (Gains) accounted for in the period 26
Indemnities paid in the financial year/Others -
Balance as at 31 March 2015 295

The value of the Provision as at 31 March 2015 was determined by an independent actuary; the actuarial criteria and assumptions used for calculating the Provision are indicated in the paragraph Accounting Standards – Provision for employee benefits in these Notes.

From the sensitivity analysis, some changes in the provision arise, at the same time as the main actuarial assumptions vary, which are not significant.

Note 15 – Provisions for risks and charges

Below are the changes in provisions for risks and charges during the year:

(in thousands
of Euro)
Provision as
at 31 March
2014
Reclassification Use Accrual Provision as at
31 March
2015
Provision
supplementary
clientele indemnity
for
736
- (10) 175 901
Other Provisions for
risks
237 - (98) 139
Total 973 - (108) 175 1,040

The "Provision for supplementary clientele indemnity" represents the potential liability with respect to agents in the event of Group companies' terminating agreements or agents retiring. The amount of the liability has been calculated by an independent actuary as at the reporting date.

"Other Provisions for risks", equal to Euro 139 thousand, mainly relate to the provision for risks on returns on sales equal to Euro 77 thousand, the provision for risks on repairs for Euro 10 thousand and to other Provisions for risks on potential liabilities generated by current operations for Euro 73 thousand. The provisions were adjusted in line with the actual risk.

Note 16 – Deferred tax liabilities

The amount of deferred tax liabilities, equal to Euro 385 thousand (Euro 91 thousand as at 31 March 2014) fully refers to the Parent Company; reference is made to the information reported in Note 4 above.

Current liabilities

Note 17 – Borrowings

As at 31 March 2015 borrowings were equal to Euro 9,695 thousand compared to Euro 7,697 thousand as at 31 March 2014 (for the breakdown, reference is made to Note 11 above). The balance related to a current portion of payables to banks for loans.

Note 18 - Payables to other lenders for lease agreements

As at 31 March 2015 they were equal to Euro 625 thousand (Euro 576 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and related to the current portion of Payables to leasing companies in relation to agreements for the finance lease mainly of furniture, fittings, equipment and software for the shops (Euro 34 thousand) and of the building hosting the Parent Company's operational headquarters (Euro 588 thousand).

Note 19 – Derivative liabilities

As at 31 March 2015 there were no liabilities relating to currency forward purchases (USD), while as at 31 March 2014 liabilities were equal to Euro 89 thousand. Reference is made to Note 8.

NET FINANCIAL POSITION

The statement below shows the Net Financial Position of the Piquadro Group as a summary of what is detailed in the Notes above:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(A)Cash 86 95
(B) Other cash and cash equivalents (available current bank
accounts)
12,619 10,890
(C) Liquidity (A) + (B) 12,705 10,985
(D) Finance leases (625) (576)
(E) Current bank debt - (3)
(F) Current portion of non-current debt (9,695) (7,694)
(G) Current financial debt (D) + (E) + (F) (10,320) (8,273)
(H) Short-term Net Financial Position (C) + (G) 2,385 2,712
(I) Non-current bank debt (7,312) (10,317)
(L) Finance leases (2,085) (2,604)
(M) Non-current financial debt (I) + (L) (9,397) (12,921)
(N) Net Financial Position (H) + (M) (7,012) (10,209)

As at 31 March 2015, the Net Financial Position posted a negative value of about Euro 7.0 million, showing an improvement of about Euro 3.2 million compared to the debt of Euro 10.2 million recorded as at 31 March 2014. The main reasons for the trend in the Net Financial Position are attributable to the following factors:

  • a free cash flow equal to about Euro 7 million;
  • dividends paid in relation to the profit for the FY 2013/2014 equal to Euro 1.0 million (with a payout equal to about 27.7% of the profit resulting from the separate financial statements of the Parent Company);
  • investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for about Euro 1.6 million;
  • an increase in the net current assets of about Euro 1.4 million, which was mostly due to an increase in trade receivables.

Note 20 – Trade payables

Below is the breakdown of current trade liabilities:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to suppliers 13,657 12,887

As at 31 March 2015 payables to suppliers showed an increase of 6.0% compared to 31 March 2014 (equal to Euro 12,887 thousand), mainly as a result of seasonal trends relating to the purchases of goods and services and against higher sales recorded.

Note 21 – Other current liabilities

Below is the breakdown of other current liabilities:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to social security institutions 400 360
Payables to Pension funds 26 24
Other payables 87 396
Payables to employees 1,162 908
Advances from customers 52 53
Payables for VAT 1,254 977
IRPEF tax payables and other tax payables 285 286
Other current liabilities 3,266 3,004

Payables to social security institutions mainly relate to the Parent Company's payables due to INPS as at the reporting date. Payables to employees, equal to Euro 1,162 thousand, included the payables for remuneration to be paid with respect to the Group's employees (Euro 908 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Note 22 – Tax payables

Both at 31 March 2015 and at 31 March 2014 the IRES and IRAP tax advances paid by the Group (equal to Euro 1,500 thousand and Euro 440 thousand, respectively) were higher than the actual IRES and IRAP tax charge (equal to Euro 1,101 thousand and Euro 564 thousand, respectively). For this reason, the Group recorded tax receivables equal to Euro 256 thousand as at 31 March 2014 and equal to Euro 907 thousand as at 31 March 2015, respectively .

COMMENTS ON THE INCOME STATEMENT ITEMS

Note 23 – Revenues from sales

In relation to the breakdown of revenues from sales by commodity category, reference is made to the Report on Operations.

The Group's revenues are mainly realised in Euro.

Below is the breakdown of revenues by geographical area:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Italy 50,882 45,526
Europe 11,748 12,713
Rest of the World 4,579 4,814
Revenues from sales 67,209 63,053

Note 24 – Other income

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Charge-backs
of
transport
and
collection costs
182 244
Insurance and legal refunds 142 12
Revenues from sales at the corners 38 58
Other sundry income 511 495
Other income 874 809

Other income mainly relates to the Parent Company and is made up of Euro 38 thousand (Euro 58 thousand as at 31 March 2014) of revenues for charging back corners and Euro 182 thousand (Euro 244 thousand as at 31 March 2014) from chargebacks of transport and collection costs to customers.

Sundry income, equal to Euro 511 thousand (Euro 495 thousand as at 31 March 2014) only related to the Parent Company and mainly related to repairs and replacements made for the customers.

Note 25 – Change in inventories

The change in inventories of raw materials was negative for Euro 575 thousand (negative for Euro 124 thousand as at 31 March 2014); the change in semi-finished and finished products was positive for Euro 115 thousand (positive for Euro 2,085 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014).

Note 26 - Costs for purchases and information on purchases in foreign currency

Below is reported the breakdown by company of the costs for purchases (the Parent Company and Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. are the companies that purchase raw materials aimed at production):

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Piquadro S.p.A. 10,760 8,963
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 1,960 2,150
Costs for purchases 12,720 11,113

The item "costs for raw materials" essentially includes the cost of materials used for the production of the Company's goods and of consumables.

Even if the functional currency of the Group is the Euro, it is specified that the purchase costs of the Group companies are partially incurred in US Dollars and Renminbi.

The table below reports the amount of purchases of raw and secondary materials, consumables and goods for resale, as well as the amount of other production costs (a portion of these costs is classified under costs for services) incurred in a currency other than the Euro, the Euro counter-value of these purchases in foreign currency and their impact on the total purchases of raw and secondary materials, consumables and goods for resale:

Currency
amount
Average
exchange
rate
Amount in
thousands
of Euro
Currency
Amount
Average
exchange
rate
Amount in
thousands
of Euro
31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Hong Kong Dollar 12,113 9.83 1 108,046 10.40 10
Renminbi
US Dollars
13,651,125
15,000,885
7.86
1.29
1,738
11,629
13,797,103
12,907,324
8.20
1.34
1,683
9,629
Total
operating
costs incurred in
foreign currency
13,368 11,322

Overall, the Piquadro Group incurred, in the FY 2014/2015, operating costs denominated in a currency other than the Euro for an equivalent amount of about Euro 13.3 million, equal to 22.2% of the total operating costs (Euro 60,214 thousand), while in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 corresponding costs were borne for about Euro 11.3 million equal to 19.7% of operating costs.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2015, the Group reported a foreign exchange gain of Euro 1,054 thousand (Euro 560 thousand as at 31 March 2014), as a result of the dynamics of the foreign exchange market.

In the FY 2014/2015, the Parent Company made forward purchases of US Dollars for an overall amount of USD 19.7 million (USD 17.4 million in the FY 2014/2015), including purchases in Dollars made for the supplies of Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. (net of the sale of leather made by the Company to the Chinese subsidiary) equal to a counter-value of Euro 14.3 million at the average exchange rate prevailing in the FY 2014/2015 (Euro 12.9 million at the average exchange rate prevailing in the FY 2013/2014); therefore 80.4% of the purchases in US Dollars made by the Company was covered (in relation to the FY 2013/2014, 90.0% of the purchases in US Dollars made by the Company was covered).

Note 27 - Costs for services and leases and rentals

Below is reported the breakdown of these costs:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Costs for leases and rentals 6,811 7,144
External production 10,033 9,748
Advertising and marketing 3,739 3,334
Administrative services 1,536 1,665
Business services 2,980 2,434
Production services 2,786 3,211
Transport services 3,940 3,687
Costs for services and leases and rentals 31,825 31,223

External production showed an increase compared to the previous year following a higher recourse to external suppliers to cope with the growth in the sales. Costs for leases and rentals mainly relate to lease rentals relating to the shops and showed a decline following the closure of a number of points of sales in the Far East region. The Group increased advertising and marketing costs and commercial services (about Euro 405 thousand and Euro 546 thousand, respectively), in order to develop and promote the Piquadro brand. The expenses relating to administrative services showed a decrease of Euro 129 thousand, which was mainly due to a lower recourse to external professional services. Production services showed a decrease of about Euro 425 thousand, which was mainly due to lower costs for the staff's travels and travel indemnities.

Note 28 - Personnel costs

Below is reported the breakdown of personnel costs:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Wages and salaries 11,583 11,334
Social security contributions 2,274 2,155
TFR 445 410
Personnel costs 14,303 13,899

The table below reports the exact number of the staff members employed by the Group as at 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

Units 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Executives 4 5
Office workers 298 395
Manual workers 354 395
Total Group employees 656 795

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, personnel costs reported an increase of 2.9%, passing from about Euro 13,899 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2014 to about Euro 14,303 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015. The increase in personnel costs is mainly due to the increase in staff costs of the Parent Company, which was partially offset by the reduction arising from the closure of some Company-owned shops in the Far East region.

It should be noted that the impact of the number of staff employed for production activities over the total reported, equal to 265 people, is equal to 40.4%, while the impact of the cost of the same (Euro 292 thousand) on the total personnel costs (Euro 14,303 thousand) is equal to about 1.9%.

To supplement the information provided, below is also reported the average number of employees for the last two financial years:

Average unit 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Executives 5 6
Office workers 323 327
Manual workers 404 429
Total Group employees 732 762

Note 29 - Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, amortisation and depreciation were equal to about Euro 2,414 thousand (about Euro 2,352 thousand as at 31 March 2014). Write-downs, equal to Euro 809 thousand, related to the provision for bad debts from customers for Euro 386 thousand (Euro 430 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and to the impairment of assets for Euro 424 thousand in relation to the write-down of furniture and fittings connected to the closure of shops located in China (Euro 120 thousand), Hong Kong (Euro 260 thousand) and Taiwan (Euro 44 thousand).

Note 30 - Other operating costs

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, other operating costs were equal Euro 300 thousand (Euro 246 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and mainly related to charges connected with the use of the plant of the Parent Company ad to taxes other than income taxes incurred by the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. (the latter being equal to Euro 81 thousand at 31 March 2015).

Note 31 - Financial income

The amount of Euro 1,909 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 535 thousand as at 31 March 2014) mainly related for Euro 85 thousand to interest receivable on current accounts held by the Parent Company (Euro 177 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and for Euro 1,799 thousand to foreign exchange gains either realised or estimated (Euro 335 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Note 32 - Financial charges

Below is the breakdown of financial charges:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Interest payable on current accounts 35 34
Interest and expense subject to final payment 21 29
Financial charges on loans 596 664
Lease financial charges 40 49
Commissions on credit cards 69 72
Other charges 102 91
Net financial charges on defined-benefit plans 8 7
Foreign exchange losses (either realised or estimated) 1,054 560
Financial charges 1,925 1,506

Note 33 - Income tax expenses

Below is reported the breakdown of income tax expenses:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
IRES tax (and income taxes of foreign subsidiaries) 1,287 1,683
Parent Company's IRAP tax 440 562
Deferred tax liabilities 294 (105)
Deferred tax assets (158) (182)
Total income taxes 1,863 1,958

Current taxes mainly relate to the tax burden calculated on the Parent Company's taxable income (Euro 1,560 thousand).

Below is provided the reconciliation of tax charges and the product of the accounting profit multiplied by the applicable tax rate:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Pre-tax result 5,942 5,468
Taxes calculated at the tax rate applicable in
the individual Countries
1,866 1,717
Tax effect of income not subject to taxation (1,744) (1,954)
Tax effect of non-deductible costs 1,301 1,640
IRAP tax 440 555
Total 1,863 1,958

Note 34 - Earnings per share

As at 31 March 2015 diluted earnings per share amounted to Euro 0.076 (whereas basic earnings per share amounted to Euro 0.082 as at 31 March 2015); diluted earnings per share are calculated on the basis of the consolidated net profit attributable to the Group, equal to Euro 4,079 thousand, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding in the financial year, equal to 3,600,000 shares, including potential shares relating to the stock option plan resolved and granted on 31 January 2008.

As at 31 March 2014, diluted earnings per share were equal to Euro 0.067, whereas basic earnings per share were equal to Euro 0.070.

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Group net profit (in thousands of Euro) 4,079 3,526
Average number of outstanding ordinary shares (in
thousands of shares) for the purposes of the
calculation of diluted earnings per share
53,600 52,156
Diluted earnings per share (in Euro) 0.076 0.067
Group net profit (in thousands of Euro) 4,079 3,526
Average number of outstanding ordinary shares (in
thousands of shares)
50,000 50,000
Basic earnings per share (in Euro) 0.082 0.070

Note 35 – Segment reporting

In the financial year ended 31 March 2015, about 36.0% of the Group's consolidated revenues was realised through the DOS direct channel, while the remaining 64.0% of consolidated revenues was realised through the Wholesale channel.

The table below illustrates the segment data of the Piquadro Group broken down by sales channel (DOSs and Wholesale), in relation to the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total for
the Group
% impact
(*)
DOS
s
Wholesal
e
Total for the
Group
% impact
(*)
% change
2015-2014
Revenues from sales 24,181 43,028 67,209 100% 22,677 40,376 63,053 100% 6.6%
Other income 220 654 874 1.3% 185 624 809 1.3% 8.0%
Costs for purchases of
materials
(3,272) (9,202) (12,474) (18.6%) (2,346) (6,806) (9,152) (14.5%) 36.3%
Cost for services
and leases and rentals
(12,132) (19,692) (31,825) (47.2%) (12,470) (18,753) (31,223) (49.5%) 1.5%
Personnel costs (7,555) (6,748) (14,303) (21.5%) (7,051) (6,848) (13,899) (22.0%) 3.9%
Provisions
and
write
downs
- (386) (386) (0.6%) - (430) (430) (0.7%) (10.2%)
Other operating costs (98) (202) (300) (0.4%) (85) (161) (246) (0.4%) 23.9%
EBITDA 1,345 7,452 8,796 13.1% 910 8,002 8,912 14.1% (1.4%)
Amortisation,
depreciation and write
downs
- (2,838) (4.2%) - (2,473) (3.9%) 14.8%
Operating result - - 5,958 8.9% - - 6,439 10.2% (7.6%)
Financial
income
and
charges
- - (16) (0.02%) - - (971) (1.5%) (98.4%)
Pre-tax result - - 5,942 8.8% - - 5,468 8.7% 8.5%
Income taxes - - (1,863) (2.8%) - - (1,958) (3.1%) 9.5%
Profit for the period - - 4,079 6.1% - - 3,510 5.6% 16.2%
Group net result - - 4,079 6.1% - - 3,510 5.6% 16.2%

(*)percentage impact compared to the total sales revenues

As a segment analysis of the balance sheet, below are reported the assets, liabilities and fixed assets broken down by sales channel in the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Business Segment Business Segment
(in thousands of DOSs Wholesale DOSs Wholesale
Euro) Unallocated Total Unallocated Total
Assets 10,822 46,377 16,403 73,602 11,751 44,203 14,215 70,169
Liabilities 5,543 15,588 17,007 38,138 5,203 15,095 18,194 38,492
Fixed assets 6,373 10,912 - 17,285 6,659 11,420 - 18,079

The assets allocated to the segments include property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, trade receivables, inventories, cash and other receivables other than tax receivables. Segment assets do not include loans receivable, tax or fiscal receivables, deferred tax liabilities and cash and cash equivalents.

The liabilities allocated to the segments include trade payables, Provisions for risks and charges, Provisions for personnel, payables to other lenders and other payables other than loans payable to credit institutions and tax and fiscal payables. Segment liabilities do not include loans payable to credit institutions, current accounts payable, tax or fiscal payables and deferred tax liabilities.

As to a breakdown of the Income Statement by segments, reference is made to the information reported in the Report on Operations in paragraph H "Other information".

Note 36 – Commitments

a) Commitments for purchases (if any) of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

As at 31 March 2015, the Group had not executed contractual commitments that would entail significant investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets in the FY 2015/2016.

b) Commitments on operating lease agreements

As at 31 March 2015, the Group had executed contractual commitments which will entail future costs for rents and operating leases which will be charged to the Income Statement on an accruals basis from the FY 2015/2016 onwards, mainly for the lease of the Chinese factory of Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. and the leases of DOS shops, as summarised in the table below:

As at 31 March 2015
(in thousands of Euro) Within 12 months From 1 to 5 years Beyond 5 years Total
Property lease 74 74
Other leases 4,958 13,587 9,043 27,588
Total 5,031 13,587 9,043 27,662

Note 37 – Relations with related parties

Piquadro S.p.A., the Parent Company of the Piquadro Group, operates in the leather goods market and designs, produces and markets articles under its own brand. The subsidiaries mainly carry out activities of distribution of products (Piquadro España SLU, Piquadro Hong Kong Ltd., Piquadro Macau Limitada, Piquadro Deutschland GmbH, Piquadro Trading –Shenzhen- Ltd., Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd., Piquadro France SARL, Piquadro Swiss SA, Piquadro UK Limited and Piquadro LLC), or production activities (Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd.). The relations with Group companies are mainly commercial at regulated at arm's length. There are also financial relations (intergroup loans) between the Parent Company and some subsidiaries, conducted at arm's length.

On 18 November 2010 Piquadro S.p.A. adopted, pursuant to and for the purposes of art. 2391-bis of the Italian Civil Code and of the "Regulation on transactions with related parties" as adopted by CONSOB resolution, the procedures on the basis of which Piquadro S.p.A. and its subsidiaries operate to complete transactions with related parties of Piquadro S.p.A. itself.

The table below reports the breakdown of the main financial relations maintained with the related companies (thousands of Euro).

Receivables Payables
(in thousands of Euro) 31 March
2015
31 March
2014
31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Financial relations with Piqubo S.p.A. - -
Financial
relations
with
Piquadro
Holding
-
-
-
-
-
S.p.A.
Financial
relations
with
Palmieri
Family
- - - -
Foundation
Total Receivables from and Payables to - - - -
controlling companies

The table below reports the breakdown of the main economic relations maintained with the related companies (thousands of Euro).

Revenues Costs
(in thousands of Euro) 31 March
2015
31 March
2014
31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Economic relations with Piqubo S.p.A. - - 66 39
Economic relations with Piquadro Holding - - 243 242
S.p.A.
Economic relations with
Palmieri Family
- -
Foundation
Total Revenues from and Costs to - - 309 281
controlling companies

The Directors report that, in addition to Piqubo S.p.A., Piquadro Holding S.p.A. and the Palmieri Family Foundation, there are no other related parties (pursuant to IAS 24) of the Piquadro Group. The Directors identify the Key Management as the members of the Board of Directors, as summarised in the table reported below.

In the FY 2014/2015 Piqubo S.p.A., the ultimate parent company, charged Piquadro S.p.A. the rent relating to the use of the plant located in Riola di Vergato (Province of Bologna) as a warehouse.

On 29 June 2012, a lease agreement was entered into between Piquadro Holding S.p.A. and Piquadro S.p.A., concerning the lease of a property for office purposes located in Milan, Piazza San Babila no. 5, which is used as a show-room of Piquadro S.p.A. and whose lease costs are reported in the table below. This lease agreement has been entered into at arm's length.

During the FY 2014/2015 no transactions were effected with the Palmieri Family Foundation, which is a non-profit foundation, whose founder is Marco Palmieri and which has the purpose of promoting activities aimed at the study, research, training, innovation in the field for the creation of jobs and employment opportunities for needy persons.

Below are reported the following financial relations with Piquadro Holding S.p.A.:

  • in the first half-year of 2014/2015, Piquadro S.p.A. distributed to the majority shareholder Piquadro Holding S.p.A. dividends of Euro 683,724 relating to the profit for the FY 2013/2014;
  • in the first half-year of 2013/2014, Piquadro S.p.A. distributed to the majority shareholder Piquadro Holding S.p.A. dividends of Euro 683,724 relating to the profit for the FY 2012/2013.

Fees due to the Board of Directors

The table below reports the fees (including emoluments as Directors and current and deferred remuneration, including in kind, as employees) due to Directors and to the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors of Piquadro S.p.A., in relation to the FY 2014/2015, for the performance of their duties in the Parent Company and other Group Companies, and the fees accrued by any executives with strategic responsibilities (as at 31 March 2015, Directors had not identified executives with strategic responsibilities):

First and last
name
Position
held
Period in which
the position
was held
Term of
office
Fees for
the position
Non-cash
benefits
Bonuses
and other
incentives
Other
fees
Total
Marco Palmieri Chairman and 01/04/14- 2016 400 7 - - 407
CEO 31/03/15
Pierpaolo Palmieri Vice– 01/04/14- 2016 200 4 - - 204
Chairman and 31/03/15
Executive
Director
Marcello Piccioli Executive 01/04/14- 2016 180 3 - 4 187
Director 31/03/15
Roberto Trotta Executive 01/04/14- 2016 1) 3 - 136 139
Director 31/03/15
Gianni Lorenzoni Lead 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Independent 31/03/15
Director
Paola Bonomo Independent 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Director 31/03/15
Anna Gatti Independent 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Director 31/03/15
834 17 - 146 997

(in thousands of Euro)

1) He waived the emolument for the period from 01/04/2014 to 31/03/2015.

Fees due to the Board of Statutory Auditors

(in thousands of Euro)

First and last
name
Position
held
Period in which the
position was held
Term of office Fees in
Piquadro
Other fees Total
Giuseppe
Fredella
Regular
Member -
Chairman
01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 24.8 - 24.8
Pietro
Michele
Villa
Regular
Member
01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 16.5 - 16.5
Patrizia
Riva
Regular
Member
01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 16.5 - 16.5
-

The Statutory Auditors are also entitled to receive the reimbursement of expenses incurred for the reasons of their position, which amounted to Euro 1,637 in the last financial year and the reimbursement of any charges relating to the National Social Security Fund.

Information required by Article 149-duodecies of the CONSOB Issuers' Regulation

Type of service Entity performing the service Fees
(in thousands of Euro)
Statutory audit of annual and half Parent
Company's
Independent
128
year accounts Auditors
Other services Parent
Company's
Independent
20
Auditors and network of the Parent
Company's Independent Auditors
Auditing of subsidiaries Parent
Company's
Independent
67
Auditors and network of the Parent
Company's Independent Auditors

Note 38 – Events after the year end

No significant events were reported at Group level from 1 April 2015 up to today's date.

Note 39 – Other information

a) Shares of Piquadro S.p.A. owned by its Directors or Statutory Auditors

Below is reported the chart containing the equity investments (if any) held by Directors, Statutory Auditors, General Managers, executives with strategic responsibilities and their spouses and minor children in Piquadro S.p.A. and its subsidiaries.

First and
last name
Position Investee
company
Number
of
shares
owned
at the end of
the
previous
financial year
Number
of
shares
purchased
Number of
shares sold
Number
of
shares
owned
at the end of
the
current
financial year
Marco
Palmieri
Chairman
-
CEO (1)
Piquadro
S.p.A.
31,909,407 - - 31,909,407
Pierpaolo
Palmieri
Vice
Chairman,
Executive
Director (2)
Piquadro
S.p.A.
2,276,801 - - 2,276,801
Roberto
Trotta
Executive
Director
Piquadro
S.p.A.
3,000 - - 3,000

(1) At the end of the FY 2014/2015, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of Piquadro S.p.A., Marco Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., through Piqubo S.p.A., a company wholly owned by the latter. Piquadro Holding S.p.A., in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

(2) At the end of the FY 2014/2015, the Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A., Pierpaolo Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 6.66% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., which in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

b) Sale transactions with a reconveyance obligation

As at 31 March 2015, the Group had no sale transactions in place subject to an obligation of reconveyance or repurchase of its own assets sold to third-party customers.

c) Information on the financial instruments issued by the Company and by the Group

The Company and the Group did not issue financial instruments during the financial year.

d) Shareholder loans to the Company

The Company and the Group have no payables to shareholders for loans.

e) Information relating to assets and loans intended for a specific business

The Company and the Group have not constituted assets intended for a specific business, nor has it raised loans intended for a specific business. ******************************

CERTIFICATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 81-Ter of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended and supplemented

We, the undersigned, Marco Palmieri, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, and Roberto Trotta, in his capacity as Manager responsible for the preparation of corporate accounting documents of Piquadro S.p.A., certify, also taking account of the provisions under Article 154-bis, paragraphs 3 and 4, of Legislative Decree no. 58 of 24 February 1998:

  • adequacy in relation to the characteristics of the business and
  • actual application of administrative and accounting procedures for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in the course of the period from 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2015.

It is also certified that the consolidated financial statements as at 31 March 2015:

  • a) have been prepared in accordance with the applicable International Accounting Standards acknowledged by the European Union pursuant to Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002;
  • b) correspond to the results in the accounting books and records;
  • c) are suitable to give a true and correct representation of the equity, economic and financial position of the issuer and of all the companies included in the scope of consolidation.

The Report on Operations includes a reliable analysis of the performance and of the result of operations, as well as of the position of the Issuer and of the companies included in the scope of consolidation, together with a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed.

Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna), 18 June 2015

Marco Palmieri Roberto Trotta

Signed: Marco Palmieri Signed: Roberto Trotta

Chief Executive Officer Manager responsible for the preparation of corporate accounting documents

AUDITORS' REPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLES 14 AND 16 OF LEGISLATIVE DECREE NO.39 DATED 27 JANUARY 2010

To the Shareholders of Piquadro SpA

  • 1 We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Piquadro SpA and its subsidiaries (hereinafter also the "Piquadro Group") as of 31 March 2015, which comprise statement of financial position, income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows and related notes. The Directors of Piquadro SpA are responsible for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements in compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, as well as with the regulations issued to implement article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
  • 2 We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards and criteria recommended by CONSOB (the Italian Commission for listed companies and the Stock Exchange). Those standards and criteria require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain the necessary assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and, taken as a whole, are presented fairly. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the Directors. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

For the opinion on the consolidated financial statements of the prior period, which are presented for comparative purposes, reference is made to our report dated 26 June 2014.

  • 3 In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements of Piquadro Group as of 31 March 2015 comply with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, as well as with the regulations issued to implement article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005; accordingly, they have been prepared clearly and give a true and fair view of the financial position, result of operations and cash flows of Piquadro Group for the period then ended.
  • 4 The Directors of Piquadro SpA are responsible for the preparation of the report on operations (jointly prepared for both separate and consolidated financial statements) and the report on corporate governance and ownership structure published in the section "Investor relations – Corporate governance" of the website of Piquadro SpA in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consistency of the report on operations and of the information referred to in paragraph 1, letters c), d), f), l), m) and paragraph

2, letter b), of article 123-bis of Legislative Decree no. 58/98 presented in the report on corporate governance and ownership structure, with the consolidated financial statements, as required by law. For this purpose, we have performed the procedures required under Italian Auditing Standard no. 001 issued by the Italian Accounting Profession (Consiglio Nazionale dei Dottori Commercialisti e degli Esperti Contabili) and recommended by CONSOB. In our opinion, the report on operations and the information referred to in paragraph 1, letters c), d), f), l), m) and paragraph 2, letter b) of article 123-bis of Legislative Decree no. 58/98 presented in the report on corporate governance and ownership structure are consistent with the consolidated financial statements of Piquadro SpA as of 31 March 2015.

Bologna, 25 June 2015

PricewaterhouseCoopers SpA

signed by

Gianni Bendandi (Partner)

"This report has been translated into the English language from the original, which was issued in Italian language, solely for the convenience of international readers."

PIQUADRO S.P.A. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AT 31 MARCH 2015

(in Euro units) Notes 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets (1) 2,111,761 2,399,749
Property, plant and equipment (2) 10,340,150 10,673,696
Equity investments in subsidiaries (3) 6,195,263 4,938,185
Receivables from others (4) 309,670 255,143
Deferred tax assets (5) 872,430 955,266
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 19,829,274 19,222,039
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories (6) 13,333,913 12,990,940
Trade receivables (7) 22,706,387 20,819,060
Receivables from subsidiaries (8) 6,434,986 7,621,792
Derivative assets (9) - 22,547
Other current assets (10) 1,076,704 775,170
Tax receivables (11) 818,732 326,079
Cash and cash equivalents (12) 10,554,031 8,915,000
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 54,924,753 51,470,588
TOTAL ASSETS 74,754,027 70,692,627

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Notes 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in Euro units)
LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Share Capital 1,000,000 1,000,000
Share premium reserve 1,000,000 1,000,000
Other reserves 1,233,592 1,342,517
Retained earnings 27,856,343 25,244,035
Profit for the period 3,021,814 3,611,464
EQUITY (13) 34,111,749 32,198,016
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings (14) 7,311,966 10,317,341
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements (15) 2,085,420 2,603,932
Provision for employee benefits (16) 294,992 253,881
Provisions for risks and charges (17) 1,142,964 995,391
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 10,835,342 14,170,545
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings (19) 9,126,575 7,109,776
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements (20) 624,596 575,915
Derivative liabilities (21) - 88,870
Trade payables (22) 12,942,214 11,878,507
Payables to subsidiaries (23) 4,461,159 2,153,599
Other current liabilities (24) 2,647,657 2,517,399
Tax payables (25) 4,735 -
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 29,806,936 24,324,066
TOTAL LIABILITIES 40,642,278 38,494,611
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 74,754,027 70,692,627

INCOME STATEMENT

(in Euro units) Notes 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Revenues from sales (26) 63,772,830 59,417,696
Other income (27) 882,518 797,701
OPERATING COSTS
Change in inventories (28) (342,973) (2,207,758)
Costs for purchases (29) 16,813,385 14,923,425
Costs for services and leases and rentals (30) 31,335,481 28,974,082
Personnel costs (31) 9,640,417 9,326,256
Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs (32) 2,204,947 2,298,758
Other operating costs (33) 189,595 140,749
OPERATING PROFIT 4,814,496 6,759,885
Shares of profits (losses) from investee companies (34) (412,617)
Financial income (35) 1,488,738 527,141
Financial charges (36) (1,721,808) (1,272,548)
PRE-TAX RESULT 4,581,426 5,601,861
INCOME TAXES (37) (1,559,612) (1,990,397)
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 3,021,814 3,611,464

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Profit/ (Loss) for the period (A) 3,021 3,612
Components that can be reclassified to the income statement:
Profit/ (Loss) on hedging instruments of cash flows (cash flow
hedge)
48 (48)
Components that cannot be reclassified to the income
statement:
Actuarial gain (losses) on defined-benefit plans (26) (2)
Total Profits/(Losses) not recognised through P&L (B) 22 (50)
Total Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the period (A) + (B) 3,043 3,562

It should be noted that the items recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are reported net of the related tax effect.

For more details, reference should be made to Note 4.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in thousands of Euro)

Description O ther reserves
Share
capital
Share
premium
reserve
Fair value
reserve
Reserve for
Employee
Benefits
O ther
reserves
Total O ther
Reserves
Retained
earnings
Profit for
the period
Equity
Balances as at 31.03.2013 (Restated)* 1,000 1,000 0 -26 1,360 1,334 23,067 3,177 29,578
Profit for the period 3,612 3,612
Other components of the comprehensive result as at 31 March 2014:
-Fair value of financial instruments
- Reserve for actuarial gains (losses) on defined-benefit plans
-48 -2 -48
-2
-48
-2
Total Comprehensive Income for the period -48 -2 -50 0 3,612 3,562
- Distribution of dividends to shareholders 0 -1,000 -1,000
-Allocation of the result for the year ended 31.03.2013 to reserves 0 2,177 -2,177 0
Fair value of Stock Option Plans 58 58 58
Balances as at 31.03.2014 1,000 1,000 -48 -28 1,418 1,342 25,244 3,612 32,198
Description O ther reserves
Share
capital
Share
premium
reserve
Fair value
reserve
Reserve for
Employee
Benefits
O ther
reserves
Total O ther
Reserves
Retained
earnings
Profit for
the period
Equity
Balances as at 31.03.2014 1,000 1,000 -48 -28 1,418 1,342 25,244 3,612 32,198
Profit for the period 3,022 3,022
Other components of the comprehensive result as at 31 March 2014:
- Fair value of financial instruments 48 48 48
- Reserve for actuarial gains (losses) on defined-benefit plans -26 -26 -26
Total Comprehensive Income for the period 48 -26 22 0 3,022 3,044
- Distribution of dividends to shareholders 0 -1,000 -1,000
-Allocation of the result for the year ended 31.03.2014 to reserves 0 2,612 -2,612 0
Fair value of Stock Option Plans -130 -130 -130
Balances as at 31.03.2015 1,000 1,000 0 -54 1,288 1,234 27,856 3,022 34,112

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March
2015
31 March
2014
Pre-tax profit 4,582 5,602
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment/Amortisation 1,819 1,837
of intangible assets
Write-downs of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 32
Losses (Income) from equity investments 413
Provision for bad debts 386 430
Other accruals (5)
Net financial charges/(income), including exchange rate differences 233 1,465
Cash flows from operating activities before changes in working capital 7,020 9,774
Change in trade receivables (net of the provision) (2,273) (12)
Change in receivables from subsidiaries 1,187 (1,120)
Change in inventories (343) (2,208)
Change in other current assets (356) (17)
Change in trade payables 2,307 (1,329)
Change in payables to subsidiaries 1,064 (102)
Change in Provisions for risks and charges 210 (16)
Change in other current liabilities 130 395
Change in tax receivables/payables (488)
Cash flows from operating activities after changes in working capital 8,458 5,365
Payment of taxes (1,490) (2,107)
Interest paid 365 (720)
Cash flow generated from operating activities (A) 7,332 2,538
Investments in intangible assets (1,025) (1,157)
Investments in property, plant and equipment (173) (1,122)
Investments in non-current financial assets (1,257) (1,453)
Changes generated from investing activities (B) (2,455) (3,732)
Financing activities
Repayment of short- and medium/long-term loans (1,554) (7,438)
Raising of new short- and medium/long-term loans - -
Changes in financial instruments (66) 66
Lease instalments paid (510) (562)
Payment of dividends (1,000) (1,000)
Other minor changes (108) 367
Cash flow generated from/(absorbed by) financing activities (C) (3,238) (8,566)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 1,639 (9,759)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 8,915 18,673
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 10,554 8,915

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION PURSUANT TO CONSOB RESOLUTION NO. 15519 OF 27 JULY 2006

Statement of financial position

(in thousands of Euro) 31
March
2014
Related
parties
Subsidiaries 31
March
2014
Related
parties
Subsidiaries
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets 2,112 2,399
Property, plant and equipment 10,340 10,674
Equity investments in subsidiaries 6,195 6,194
4,938
4,937
Receivables from others 310 255
Deferred tax assets 872 955
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 19,829 6,194
19,221
4,937
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories 13,334 12,991
Trade receivables 22,706 20,819
Receivables from subsidiaries 6,435 6,435 7,622 7,622
Assets for financial instruments - 23
Other current assets 1,077 775
Tax receivables 818 326
Cash and cash equivalents 10,554 8,915
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 54,924 6,435 51,471
7,622
TOTAL ASSETS 74,755 12,629
70,692
12,559

Statement of financial position

31
March
Related
parties
Subsidiaries 31
March
Related
parties
Subsidiaries
(in thousands of Euro) 2015 2014
EQUITY
Share Capital 1,000 1,000
Share premium reserve 1,000 1,000
Other reserves 1,234 1,234
Retained earnings 27,856 27,856
Profit for the period 3,022 3,022
EQUITY 34,112 34,112
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings 7,312 10,317
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements 2,085 2,604
Provision for employee benefits 295 254
Provisions for risks and charges 1,143 103 995 55
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 10,835 103 14,170 55
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings 9,127 7,110
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements 625 576
Derivative liabilities - 89
Trade payables 12,942 11,878
Payables to subsidiaries 4,461 4,461 2,154 2,154
Other current liabilities 2,648 2,517
Tax payables 5 -
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 29,808 4,461 24,324 2,154
TOTAL LIABILITIES 40,643 4,564 38,585 2,209
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 74,755 4,564 70,692 2,209

INCOME STATEMENT PURSUANT TO CONSOB RESOLUTION NO. 15519 OF 27 JULY 2006

Income Statement

31
March
Related
parties
Subsidiaries 31
March
Related
parties
Subsidiaries
(in thousands of Euro) 2015 2014
Revenues from sales 63,772 2,410 59,418 2,812
Other income 883 52 798 16
OPERATING COSTS
Change in inventories (343) (2,208)
Costs for purchases 16,813 6,254 14,923 6,106
Costs for services and leases 31,205 308 3,810 28,974 335 3,406
and rentals
Personnel costs 9,771 9,327
Amortisation, depreciation and write 2,205 2,299
downs
Other operating costs 190 141
OPERATING PROFIT 4,815 308 (7,602) 6,760 335 (6,684)
Shares of profits (losses) from investee - (413)
companies
Financial income 1,489 21 527 12
Financial charges (1,722) (1,272)
PRE-TAX RESULT 4,581 308 (7,581) 5,602 335 (6,672)
INCOME TAXES (1,560) (1,990)
- of which non-recurring - -
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 3,022 3,612
31 March
2015
Related
parties
Subsidiaries 31 March
2014
Rela
ted
parti
Subsid
iaries
(in thousands of Euro) es
Pre-tax profit 4,582 5,602
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
of
property,
plant
and
equipment/Amortisation of intangible assets
1,819 1,837
Write-downs
of
property,
plant
and
equipment/
intangible assets
32
Losses (Income) from equity investments
Accrual to the Provision for bad debts
386 413
430
413
Adjustment to the Provision for employee benefits
Net financial charges/(Income), including exchange
rate differences
-
233
21 -
1,465
12
Cash flows from operating activities before changes
in working capital
7,261 9,774
Change in trade receivables (net of the provision)
Change in receivables from subsidiaries
Change in inventories
(2,273)
(1,187)
(343)
1,187 (12)
(1,120)
(2,208)
(1,120)
Change in other current assets
Change in trade payables
(356)
(3,207)
(17)
(1,329)
Change in payables to subsidiaries
Change in Provisions for risks and charges
1,064
279
1,064
48
(102)
(16)
(102)
55
Change in other current liabilities
Change in tax payables and receivables
130
(488)
395
Cash flows from operating activities after changes
in working capital
5,754 5,365
Payment of taxes (1,560) (2,107)
Interest paid 365 (720)
Cash flow generated from operating activities (A) 4,559 2,358
Investments in intangible assets (1,025) (1,157)
Investments in property, plant and equipment (273) (1,122)
Investments in non-current financial assets (1,257) (1,453)
Changes generated from investing activities (B) (2,455) (3,732)
Financing activities
Repayment of short- and medium/long term loans (1,554) (7,438)
Raising of new short- and medium/long-term loans - -
Changes in financial instruments (66) 66
Lease instalments paid (510) (562)
Payment of dividends (1,000) (684) (1,000) (684)
Other minor changes 367 367
Cash flow generated from/(absorbed by) financing
activities (C)
(3,238) (8,566)
Net increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
A+B+C
1,639 (9,759)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the 8,915 18,673
period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
10,554 8,915

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS PURSUANT TO CONSOB RESOLUTION NO. 15519 OF 27 JULY 2006

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PIQUADRO S.p.A. AS AT 31 MARCH 2015

General information

These separate financial statements of Piquadro S.p.A. (hereinafter also referred to as the "Company") relate to the financial year ended 31 March 2015 and have been prepared by applying the IFRS adopted by the European Union. Piquadro S.pA. is a Joint-stock Company established in Italy and registered in the Register of Companies of Bologna, with registered and administrative office in Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna).

The separate financial statements are presented in Euro and all values reported therein are presented in Euro, unless otherwise specified.

For a better understanding of the economic performance of the Company, reference is made to the extensive information reported in the Report on Operations prepared by the Directors.

The data of these financial statements can be compared to the same of the previous financial year, except as reported below.

This document was prepared by the Board of Directors on 18 June 2015 and will be submitted for approval by the Shareholders' Meeting called, on first call, for 23 July 2015.

The Company's business

Piquadro S.p.A. designs and markets leather goods - bags, suitcases and accessories - characterised by attention to design and functional and technical innovation.

The Company was established on 26 April 2005. The Share Capital has been subscribed through the contribution of the branch of business relating to operating activities on the part of the former Piquadro S.p.A (then renamed Piqubo S.p.A., the ultimate company controlling the Company), which became effective for legal, accounting and tax purposes on 2 May 2005.

Effective from 14 June 2007, the registered office of Piquadro S.p.A. was moved from Riola di Vergato (Bologna), via Canova no. 123/O-P-Q-R to Località Sassuriano 246, Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna).

As of today's date, the Company is owned by Marco Palmieri through Piqubo S.p.A., which is 100% owned. Piqubo S.p.A., in fact, holds 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., which in its turn holds 68.3% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A., the shares of which are listed on the Milan Stock Exchange since 25 October 2007.

The flexibility of the business model adopted by the Company allows it to maintain control over all of the critical phases of the production and distribution chain. Indeed, the Company carries out the design, planning, purchasing, quality, marketing, communication and distribution phases wholly within the confines of its organisation and only resorts to outsourcing for a part of the production activities, although it also retains control over the quality and efficiency of the phases that are currently outsourced. The Company is particularly focused on the activity of design, planning and development of the product, which is carried out by an internal team whose commitment is aimed at maintaining quality and style innovation which have always characterised the Company's products. In this regard, the design team, in light of the well-established experience of the persons who compose it, represents a fundamental resource for the Company.

The Company makes use of a delocalised production model at the Chinese plant which is leased to the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd., located in the region of Guangdong, China and at third-party workshops located abroad (mainly in China), which are generally divided on the basis of the type of product. About 30% of production is carried out internally within the Piquadro Group, at the Chinese plant of Zhongshan - Guangdong, while the residual part is outsourced. This model, in the opinion of the Management, ensures flexibility and efficiency of the production cycle, thus reducing fixed costs, while retaining control over the critical phases of the value chain, also for the purpose of ensuring product quality.

Main events that occurred in the course of the financial year ended 31 March 2015 and related significant accounting effects

In the course of the financial year no significant events occurred. As regards the corporate aspects, the following is reported.

The Shareholders' Meeting held on 26 July 2013 confirmed the new Board as being made up of 7 members, including Marco Palmieri, Pierpaolo Palmieri, Marcello Piccioli, Roberto Trotta, Gianni Lorenzoni, Paola Bonomo e Anna Gatti. The Shareholders' Meeting also confirmed the appointment of Marco Palmieri as Chairman of the Board of Directors and set overall annual fees of Euro 845,000 due to the Directors, to be apportioned by the Board to all the Directors, including those holding special offices, without prejudice to the right of the Board itself to grant further variable fees to any Directors holding special offices.

The new Board of Statutory Auditors is made up of the standing auditors Giuseppe Fredella, Pietro Michele Villa and Patrizia Lucia Maria Riva, and of the alternate auditors Giacomo Passaniti and Maria Stefania Sala. Finally the Shareholders' Meeting set the fees due to the entire Board of Statutory Auditors at a maximum amount of Euro 58,000 per year, in addition to the supplementary contribution prescribed by law and to the reimbursement of any expenses incurred to perform said duties.

On the same date, the Shareholders' Meeting approved the Report on Remuneration illustrating the Company Policy concerning the remuneration of Company Directors, members of the Board of Statutory Auditors and executives with strategic responsibilities.

Furthermore, on the same date the Shareholders' Meeting approved the authorisation of the Board of Directors to acquire and dispose of treasury shares, in compliance with the regulatory provisions and regulations in force, and authorised the Board of Directors to acquire the maximum number of treasury shares permitted by law, for a period of 12 months from the date of authorization - that is until the Shareholders' Meeting which approves the financial statements as at 31 March 2015 - by using the reserves available according to the last financial statements as duly approved.

Furthermore, the Shareholders' Meeting authorised the Board of Directors to sell any treasury shares acquired, in one or more transactions, for the consideration set by the Board of Directors, at a minimum of not less, by 20%, than the reference price that the share recorded in the Stock Exchange session of the day preceding each individual transaction.

Financial statements formats adopted and reporting currency

At the time of the preparation of the separate financial statements as at 31 March 2014 and as at 31 March 2015, the Management of Piquadro S.p.A. selected the following formats from among those specified under IAS 1 (revised), as it considered them to be more suitable to represent the Company's equity, economic and financial position:

  • classification of the statement of financial position reporting current assets/liabilities and non-current assets/liabilities;
  • classification of costs in the Income Statement by nature;
  • classification in the Statement of Comprehensive Income presented in a separate document with respect to the Income Statement, as permitted by IAS 1 (revised);
  • preparation of the Statement of Cash Flows according to the indirect method.

The format of the Statement of comprehensive income has been amended in order to reflect the breakdown into components that can be reclassified and components that cannot be reclassified through profit and loss, as required by the amendments to IAS 1 introduced by Regulation (EC) no. 475/2012 (as illustrated in the paragraph on "Accounting standards, amendments and interpretations").

For a better recognition and ease of reading, except as regards the statement of financial position and the Income Statement, the accounting data both in the Financial Statements Formats and in these Notes to the Financial Statements, are reported in thousands of Euro.

The reporting currency of these separate financial statements is the Euro.

The Management believe that no significant non-recurring events or transactions occurred either in the FY 2014/2015 or in the FY 2013/2014, nor any atypical or unusual transactions.

In compliance with Regulation (EU) no. 1606/2002, the separate financial statements of Piquadro S.p.A as at 31 March 2015 were prepared in accordance with IAS/IFRS (International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, hereinafter also referred to as "IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and endorsed by the European Union, as supplemented by the related interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC), which was previously named Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC), as well as by the related measures issued in the implementation of article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005.

Accounting policies

The accounting policies used in preparing the separate financial statements as at 31 March 2014, which do not differ from those used in the previous financial year, are indicated below.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets purchased or internally produced are entered under assets when it is probable that the use of the asset will generate future economic benefits and when the cost of the asset may be determined reliably. These assets are valued at their purchase or production cost.

Intangible assets relate to assets without an identifiable physical substance, which are controlled by the company and are able to generate future economic benefits, as well as any possible goodwill.

Intangible assets with a definite useful life are systematically amortised over their useful life, to be intended as the estimated period in which assets will be used by the company. Goodwill and any other intangible asset, where existing, with an indefinite useful life are not amortised, but are tested for impairment at least on an annual basis, for the purposes of verifying the existence of impairment losses (if any). The rates applied are:

Development costs 25% Patents 33.3% Trademarks 20% Key money (rights to replace third parties in lease agreements for points of sale) lease term Concessions 33.3%

(i) Research and Development costs

Research costs are charged to the Income Statement in the financial year in which they are incurred. Development costs entered under intangible assets where all the following conditions are fulfilled:

  • a) the project is clearly identified and the related costs can be identified and measured reliably;
  • b) the technical feasibility of the project has been demonstrated;
  • c) the intention to complete the project and to sell the intangible assets generated by the project has been demonstrated;
  • d) a potential market exists or, in the case of internal use, the benefit of the intangible asset has been demonstrated for the production of the intangible assets generated by the project;
  • e) the technical and financial resources necessary for the completion of the project are available.

Amortisation of Development costs entered under intangible assets will start from the date when the result generated by the project is marketable. Amortisation is made on a straight-line basis over a period of 4 years, which represents the estimated useful life of capitalised expenses.

(ii) Industrial patent and intellectual property rights, Licences and similar Rights

Charges relating to the acquisition of industrial patent and intellectual property Rights, Licences and similar Rights are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred for their purchase.

Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to allocate the cost incurred for the acquisition of the right over the shorter of the period of the expected use and the term of the related contracts, starting from the time when the acquired right may be exercised; usually, this period has a duration of 5 years.

(iii) Key money

Amortisation of the key money (that is payments to third parties to obtain the rights to take over lease agreements for points of sale) is calculated on a straight-line basis according to the lease term of the points of sale. The recoverability of the entry value of intangible assets, including goodwill, is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets".

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are entered at their purchase price or production cost, including any directlyattributable additional charges required to make the assets available for use.

Costs incurred subsequent to the purchase are capitalised only if they increase the future economic benefits inherent in the asset to which they refer.

The assets whose sale is highly probable as at the reporting date of the financial statements are separated from property, plant and equipment and classified under current assets under item "Current assets available for sale" and measured at the lower of the book value and the related fair value, net of estimated selling costs. The sale of an asset classified under non-current assets is highly probable when the Management has defined, by a formal resolution, a plan for the disposal of the asset (or of the disposal group) and activities have been started to identify a purchaser and to complete the plan. Furthermore, the asset (or the disposal group) has been offered for sale at a reasonable price compared to its current fair value. Furthermore, the sale is expected to be completed within a year of the date of classification and the actions required to complete the sale plan show that it is improbable that the plan can be significantly amended or cancelled.

Property, plant and equipment under finance leases, through which all risks and rewards attached to ownership are substantially transferred to the Company, are entered under the relevant classes of property, plant and equipment and are depreciated by applying the same depreciation rates reported below which have been adopted for the related relevant class, provided the lease term is less than the useful life represented by such rates and there is no reasonable certainty of the transfer of the ownership of the leased asset at the natural expiry of the agreement; in this case, the depreciation period is represented by the term of the lease agreement. Assets are entered against the entry of short- and medium-term payables to the lessor financial entity; rentals paid are allocated between financial charges and reduction in borrowings, with the consequent reversal of the rentals for leased assets from the Income Statement.

Leases in which the lessor substantially retains the risks and rewards attached to ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases. Costs for rentals arising from operating leases are charged to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis on the basis of the contract term.

Property, plant and equipment are systematically depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful life, to be intended as the estimated period in which the asset will be used by the company. The value to be depreciated is represented by the entry value as reduced by the presumed net transfer value at the end of its useful life, if it is significant and can be determined reasonably. Land is not subject to depreciation, even if purchased jointly with a building, as well as the tangible assets intended for transfer which are valued at the lower of the entry value and their fair value, net of disposal charges.

The rates applied are:

Land Unlimited useful life
Buildings 3%
Leasehold improvements (shops) 17.5%*
Machinery and moulds 17.5%
General systems 17.5%
Industrial and business equipment 25%
Office electronic machines 20%
Fittings 12%
Motor vehicles and means of internal transport 20%
Cars 25%

* Or over the term of the lease agreement should the same be lower and there is not reasonable certainty of the renewal of the same at the natural expiry of the contract.

Should the asset being depreciated be made up of elements that can be clearly identified and whose useful life significantly differs from that of the other parts making up the asset, depreciation is made separately for each of the parties making up the asset (component approach).

Ordinary maintenance costs are fully charged to the Income Statement. Costs for improvements, refurbishment and

transformation increasing the value of property, plant and equipment are charged as an increase in the relevant assets and depreciated separately.

Financial charges directly attributable to the construction or production of a tangible asset are capitalised as an increase in the asset under construction, up to the time when it is available for use.

The recoverability of the entry value of property, plant and equipment is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets" below.

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for by applying the so-called purchase method (as defined by IFRS 3 (revised) "Business combinations"). The purchase method requires, after having identified the purchaser within the business combination and having determined the acquisition cost, all assets and liabilities acquired (including the so-called contingent liabilities) to be measured at fair value. Goodwill (if any) is determined only on a residual basis as the difference between the cost of the business combination and the relevant portion of the difference between acquired assets and liabilities measured at fair value. If negative, it is recognised as a positive component of the result for the period in which the business combination takes place. Transaction costs are directly charged to the Income Statement.

Business combinations of entities under common control

Business combinations of entities under common control are business combinations of entities which are ultimately controlled by the same persons both before and after the business combination and the control is not of a temporary nature. The presence of minority interests in each of the entities being combined before or after the combination transaction is not significant in order to determine whether the combination involves entities under common control.

Business combinations of entities under common control are accounted for so that the net assets of the acquired entity and of the acquiring entity are recognised at the book values they had in the respective accounts before the transaction (continuity of values), without recognising, in the consolidated financial statements, surplus values (if any) arising from these combinations and accounted for in the separate financial statements of the Company.

Equity investments

Equity investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost, which is possibly reduced for lasting impairment losses as required by IAS 36. The original value is reinstated in the subsequent financial years if the reasons for the writedown no longer apply.

Equity investments in other companies are measured at fair value; if the fair value cannot be estimated reliably, the investment is valued at cost.

The recoverability of their entry value is verified by adopting the criteria indicated in point "Impairment losses of assets".

Receivables and other non-current and current assets

Receivables and the other non-current and current assets are classified under financial assets "Loans and receivables". These are non-derivative financial instruments which mainly relate to receivables from customers and which are not listed on an active market, from which fixed or determinable payments are expected. They are included in the current portion, except for those with a maturity exceeding twelve months compared to the reporting date, which are classified under the non-current portion. Initially these assets are recognised at fair value; subsequently, they are valued at amortised cost on the basis of the actual interest rate method. Should an objective evidence exist of any impairment, the asset is reduced so as to be equal to the discounted value of the flows that may be obtained in the future. Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. If the reasons for the previous write-downs no longer apply in the subsequent periods, the value of the assets is reinstated up to the amount of the value which would be derived from the application of amortised cost had no write-down been made.

Inventories

Inventories are valued and entered at the lower of the purchase or production cost, including additional charges, as determined according to the weighted average cost method, and the value of presumed realisable value inferable from the market performance.

Cash and cash equivalents

The item relating to cash and cash equivalents includes cash, current bank accounts, demand deposits and other short-term high-liquidity financial investments, which are readily convertible into cash, or which can be transformed into cash and cash equivalents within 90 days of the date of original acquisition, and are subject to a non-significant risk of changes in value.

Impairment losses of assets

When events occur that make an impairment of an asset expected, its recoverability is checked by comparing its entry value with the related recoverable value, represented by the higher of the fair value, net of disposal charges, and the value in use.

In the absence of a binding sale agreement, the fair value is estimated on the basis of the values expressed by an active market, by recent transactions or on the basis of the best information available in order to reflect the amount that the business could obtain by selling the asset.

The value in use is determined by discounting back the expected cash flows deriving from the use of the asset and, if they are significant and if they can be determined reasonably, from its transfer at the end of its useful life. Cash flows are determined on the basis of reasonable assumptions that can be proved and that represent a best estimate of the future economic conditions that will arise during the residual useful life of the asset, giving greater importance to external factors. Valuation is carried out for individual assets or for the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows deriving from their on-going use (the so-called cash generating unit). An impairment is recognised in the Income Statement should the entry value of the asset or of the cash generating unit to which it is allocated be higher than the recoverable value.

If the reasons for the write-downs previously made no longer apply, the assets, excluding goodwill, are reinstated and the adjustment is charged as a revaluation (reinstatement of value) in the Income Statement. The revaluation is made at the lower of the recoverable value and the entry value, including the write-downs previously made and reduced by the amortisation rates which would have been allocated had no write down been made.

Equity

The Share Capital is made up of the outstanding ordinary shares and is entered at its nominal value. Any costs relating to the issue of shares or options are classified as a reduction in Equity (net of the tax benefit related thereto) as a deduction of the income arising from the issue of such instruments.

In case of purchase of treasury shares, the price paid, including directly-attributable additional charges (if any), is deducted from the Companies' Equity up to the time of cancellation, reissue or disposal of the shares. When the said treasury shares are resold or reissued, the price received, net of directly attributable additional charges (if any) and of the related tax effect, is accounted for as an increase in the Company's Equity.

Reserve for financial assets/liabilities at fair value

This reserve refers to the effect of accounting for derivative instruments which are eligible for hedge accounting under Equity.

Legal reserve

Entries are made in the legal reserve through provisions recognised pursuant to art. 2430 of the Italian Civil Code, or the reserve is increased to an extent equal to the 20th part of the net profits achieved by the Company until the reserve in question reaches a fifth of the Share Capital. Once a fifth of the Share Capital is reached, if for whatever reason the reserve is decreased, it shall be replenished with the minimum annual provisions as indicated above.

Stock Option plans

The Company acknowledges additional benefits to some executives, office workers and consultants through stock option Plans. As required by IFRS 2 – Share-based payments, they must be considered based on equity settlement; therefore, the overall amount of the current value of the stock options at the grant date is recognised as a cost in the Income Statement. Any changes in the current value occurring after the grant date have no effect on the initial valuation. The cost for fees, corresponding to the current value of the options, is recognised under personnel costs on the basis of a straight-line criterion over the period between the grant date and the vesting date, against an entry recognised in Equity.

Hedging financial instruments

The Company carries out transactions in derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. The Company does not hold financial instruments of a speculative nature, as required by the risk policy approved by the Board of Directors. Consistently with IAS 39, hedging financial instruments are accounted for according to the procedures laid down for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are fulfilled:

  • i. at inception of the hedge, there is formal documentation of the hedging relationship and the company's risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge;
  • ii. the hedge is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value (fair value hedge) or cash flows (cash flow hedge) that are attributable to the hedged risk;
  • iii. for cash flow hedges, any forecast transaction being hedged is highly probable and presents an exposure to the changes in cash flows which could finally affect the economic result for the period;
  • iv. hedge effectiveness is reliably measurable, i.e. the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and the fair value of the hedging instrument can be reliably measured;
  • v. the hedge must be assessed on an on-going basis and be highly effective for the entire life of the derivative.

The criterion for measuring hedging instruments is represented by their fair value as at the designated date.

The fair value of foreign exchange derivatives is calculated in relation to their intrinsic value and time value.

On each closing date of the financial statements, hedging financial instruments are tested for effectiveness, in order to verify whether the hedge meets the requirements to be qualified as effective and to be accounted for according to hedge accounting.

When the financial instruments are eligible for hedge accounting, the following accounting treatments will be applied:

Fair value hedge - If a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of a balance sheet asset or liability attributable to a specific risk that might impact the Income Statement, the profit or loss arising from the subsequent measurements at fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised in the Income Statement. The profit or loss on the hedged item, attributable to the hedged risk, modify the book value of this item and are recognised in the Income Statement.

Cash flow hedge - If a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the exposure to changes in future cash flows of an asset or liability entered in the accounts or of a forecast transaction which is highly probable and which could have effects on the Income Statement, changes in fair value of the hedging instrument are taken to the Statement of comprehensive income, while the ineffective portion (if any) is recognised in the Income Statement.

If a hedging instrument or a hedging relationship are terminated, but the transaction being hedged has not yet been effected, the combined profits and losses, which have been entered under the Statement of Comprehensive Income up to that time, are recognised in the Income Statement at the time when the related transaction is carried out.

If the transaction being hedged is no longer deemed probable, the profits or losses not yet realised and deferred to Equity are immediately recognised in the Income Statement.

If the hedge accounting cannot be applied, the profits or losses arising from the measurement at fair value of the derivative financial instrument are immediately entered in the Income Statement.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are related to loans, trade payables and other obligations to pay and are initially recognised at fair value, while they are subsequently valued at amortised cost, using the actual interest rate method. Should a change occur in the expected cash flows and should it be possible to estimate them reliably, the value of the loans is recalculated to reflect this change on the basis of the present value of the new expected cash flows and of the internal rate of return determined initially. Financial liabilities are classified under current liabilities, unless the Company has an unconditional right to delay their payment for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Financial liabilities are derecognised from the accounts at the time of their discharge or when the Company has transferred all the risks and charges relating to the instruments themselves. As the Company's financial liabilities have been incurred at variable interest rates, their fair value is substantially in line with the balance sheet value.

Financial instruments and IFRS 7

The category of financial instruments

As required by IFRS 7, below is reported the breakdown of the financial instruments by category relating to the financial years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015, as well as their measurement at fair value and the impact they have generated through Profit or Loss in the financial years indicated above.

(in thousands of Euro) 31/03/2015 FVTPL LAR AFS FLAC IAS 17
Leases
Measurement
at fair value
Trade receivables
Receivables
from
subsidiaries
22,706
6,435
-
-
22,706
6,435
-
-
-
-
-
-
22,706
6,435
Assets
for
financial
instruments
0 - - - - - -
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
10,554 - 10,554 - - - 10,554
Assets 39,695 - 39,695 - - 39,695
Non-current borrowings
Payables to other lenders
for
non-current
lease
7,312
2,085
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,312 -
2,085
7,312
agreements
Current borrowings
Payables to other lenders
for
current
lease
agreements
9,127
625
-
-
-
-
-
-
9,127 -
625
9,127
Trade payables 12,942 - 12,942 - - - 12,942
Payables to subsidiaries 4,461 - 4,461 - - - 4,461
Liabilities for financial
instruments
- - - - - -
Liabilities 36,552 - 17,403 - 16,439 2,710 33,842
(in thousands of Euro) 31/03/2014 FVTPL LAR AFS FLAC IAS 17
Leases
Measurement
at fair value
Trade receivables 20,819 - 20,819 - - - 20,819
Receivables
from
subsidiaries
Assets
for
financial
7,622
23
-
-
7,622
-
-
23
-
-
-
-
7,622
23
instruments
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
8,915 - 8,915 - - - 8,915
Assets 37,379 - 37,356 23 - - 37,379
Non-current borrowings
Payables to other lenders
for
non-current
lease
agreements
10,317
2,604
-
-
-
-
-
-
10,317 -
2,604
10,317
Current borrowings
Payables to other lenders
for
current
lease
7,110
576
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,110 -
576
7,110
agreements
Trade payables
11,878 - 11,878 - - - 11,878
Payables to subsidiaries 2,154 - 2,154 - - - 2,154
Liabilities for financial 89 - 89 - - 89
instruments
Liabilities 34,728 - 14,032 89 17,427 3,180 31,548

Key

FVTPL: Fair Value Through Profit and Loss LAR: Loans And Receivables AFS: Available For Sale FLAC: Financial Liabilities at Amortized Cost

Risk factors

The Company is exposed to risks associated with its own business, which are specifically referable to the following cases:

  • Credit risk arising from business transactions or financing activities;
  • Liquidity risk relating to the availability of financial resources and to the access to the credit market;
  • Market risk which is identified in detail as follows:
  • o Foreign exchange risk, relating to operations in currencies other than currencies of denomination;
  • o Interest rate risks, relating to the Company's exposure on financial instruments which bear interest.

Credit risk

The operational management of this risk is delegated to the Credit Management function which is shared by the Administration, Finance and Control Department with the Sales Department and is carried out as follows:

  • assessing the credit standing of the customers;
  • monitoring the related expected incoming flows;
  • the appropriate payment reminder actions;
  • debt collection actions, if any.

The write-down necessary to bring the nominal value in line with the expected collectable value has been determined by analysing all of the expired loans in the accounts and using all the available information on individual debtors. Loans which are the object of disputes and for which there is a legal or insolvency procedure have been fully written down, while fixed write-down percentages have been applied to all the other receivables, again taking account of both legal and actual situations. Below is reported the summary statement of the changes in the Provision for bad debts.

Provision as at
31 March 2014
Use Accrual Provision as at
31 March 2015
(in thousands of Euro)
Provision for bad debts 1,173 (328) 386 1,231
Total Provision 1,173 (328) 386 1,231

Position of the loans

As required by IFRS 7, below is reported a breakdown of expired loans:

(in thousands of Euro) Loans
falling due
Expired loans Provision for
bad debts
31/03/2015 Amount in the 1-60 days 61-120 days Over 120 days
accounts
DOSs - - - - - -
Wholesale 22,706 17,165 1,763 812 4,197 (1,231)
Subsidiaries 6,435 1,548 666 587 3,634
Total 29,141 18,713 2,429 1,399 7,831 (1,231)
(in thousands of Euro) Loans
falling due
Expired loans Provision for
bad debts
31/03/2014 Amount in the
accounts
1-60 days 61-120 days Over 120 days
DOSs
Wholesale
Subsidiaries
-
20,819
7,622
-
16,146
2,836
-
1,336
736
-
1,039
3,894
-
3,471
156
-
(1,173)
Total 28,441 18,982 2,072 4,933 3,627 (1,173)

Liquidity risk

The financial requirements are affected by the dynamics of receipts from customers in the Wholesale channel, a segment which is mainly made up of points of sale/shops; as a consequence, credits are highly fragmented, with variable average payment times.

Nevertheless, the Company is able to finance the growing requirements of net working Capital with ease, through the cash flows generated by operations, including the short-term receipts generated by the DOS channel and, when necessary, through recourse to short-term loans.

Furthermore, policies and processes have been adopted which are aimed at optimising the management of financial resources, thus reducing liquidity risks:

  • i. maintaining an adequate level of available funds;
  • ii. obtaining adequate credit lines;
  • iii. monitoring the perspective liquidity conditions, in relation to the corporate process.

Liquidity schemes

Type of instruments Amount in
the accounts
Within
1 year
From 1
to 5
years
Beyond
5 years
Total
31/03/2015
Payables to banks for loans 16,439 9,309 7,481 16,790
Payables to banks for credit lines
Trade payables 12,942 12,942 12,942
Trade payables to subsidiaries 4,461 4,461 4,461
Other borrowings (leasing) 2,710 670 2,170 2,840
Derivative liabilities
Total 36,552 27,383 10,268 37,651
Type of instruments Amount in
the accounts
Within 1 year From1 year
to 5 years
Beyond
5 years
Total
--------------------- --------------------------- --------------- -------------------------- ------------------- -------
31/03/2014
Payables to banks for loans 17,424 6,471 11,861 25,352
Payables to banks for credit lines 3 3 1,000
Trade payables 11,878 11,878 13,207
Trade payables to subsidiaries 2,154 2,154 2,256
Other borrowings (leasing) 3,180 671 2,787 4,130
Derivative liabilities 89 89 -
Total 34,728 21,266 14,648 45,945

Below are reported the main assumptions for the table above:

  • o Loans payable: the future cash flows have been provided directly by the banks concerned;
  • o Current bank accounts: by virtue of the worst case in which the worst scenario is equal to the repayment on demand of the use of the credit line, the related cash out has been charged to the first time band;
  • o Foreign exchange forwards: the cash out in Euro has been reported which has been envisaged as per contract at the time of the subscription of the derivative instruments;
  • o Finance leases: instalments, plus interest, have been reported.

As at 31 March 2015, the Group could rely on credit lines of about Euro 34,906 thousand (about Euro 36,052 thousand at 31 March 2014), of which unused lines of about Euro 17,849 thousand (about Euro 18,511 thousand at 31 March 2014) and on cash and cash equivalents of about Euro 12,705 thousand (Euro 10,985 thousand as at 31 March 2014). As regards the balance of Current Assets, and specifically the coverage of payables to suppliers, it is also ensured by the amount of net trade receivables, which amounted to Euro 29,141 thousand as at 31 March 2015 (Euro 28,441 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

The Company is subject to market risks arising from fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies, as it operates in an international context in which transactions, mainly those with suppliers, are settled in US Dollars (USD). It follows that the Company's net result is partially affected by the fluctuations in the Euro and US Dollars exchange rate.

The necessity to manage and control financial risks has induced the Management to adopt a risk containment strategy, better defined as "hedge accounting policy". This consists in continuously hedging the risks relating to purchases over a time period of six months on the basis of the amount of the orders issued that shall be settled in US dollars. This conduct can be classified as a "cash flow hedge" or the hedge of the risk of changes in the future cash flows; these flows can be related to assets or liabilities entered in the accounts or to highly probable future transactions. In compliance with IAS 39, the portions of profit or loss accrued on the hedging instrument, which is considered effective for hedging purposes, has been recognised directly in Equity under a special reserve.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2015, Piquadro S.p.A. executed currency forward contracts for USD 19,700 thousand, equal to an aggregate counter-value of Euro 14,359 thousand, with an average exchange rate of USD 1.372.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2014, Piquadro S.p.A. executed currency forward contracts for USD 17,400 thousand, equal to an aggregate counter-value of Euro 12,911 thousand, with an average exchange rate of USD 1.3476.

For an analysis of the effects of these risks, reference is made to the table reported below (sensitivity analysis):

Foreign exchange risk (FER)
+10% Euro/Usd -10% Euro/Usd
Book
value
Of which
subject to
FER
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
10,554 61 (6) 7
equivalents
Trade receivables
22,706 78 (7) 9
Receivables
from
6,435 3,442 (313) 382
subsidiaries
Derivative
financial
- - -
instruments
(326) 391
Financial liabilities
Borrowings 16,439
Payables
to
other
2,710
lenders for lease
Trade payables
Payables
12,942
to
4,461
2,064
1,719
(188)
(289)
229
353
subsidiaries
Derivative
financial
instruments
-
(477) 583
Total effect as at 31/03/2015 (802) 981
Foreign exchange risk (FER)
+10% Euro/Usd -10% Euro/Usd
Of which Other Other
Book
value
subject to Profits
(Losses)
changes in Profits
(Losses)
changes in
FER Equity Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
8,915 1,736 (158) 193
equivalents
Trade receivables
20,819 60 (5) 7
Receivables
from
7,622 2,226 (202) 247
subsidiaries
Derivative
financial
instruments
23 394 (432)
(365) 394 447 (432)
Financial liabilities
Borrowings 17,424
Payables
to
other
3,180
lenders for lease
Trade payables
Payables
11,878
to
2,154
2,144
1,719
(195)
(156)
238
191
subsidiaries
Derivative
financial
89 861 (1,249)
instruments (351) 861 429 (1,249)

Total effect as at 31/03/2014 (716) 1,255 876 (1,681)

The variability parameters applied were identified in the context of changes that are reasonably possible on exchange rates with all other variables being equal.

Interest rate risk

In these financial statements at 31 March 2015 there were no derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risks.

Interest rate risk (IRR)
+ 50 bps on IRR -50 bps on IRR
Book
value
Of which
subject to
IRR
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
Other
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
10,554 10,524 53 (53)
Trade receivables
Receivables
from
22,706
6,435
subsidiaries
Derivative
financial
instruments
53 (53)
Financial liabilities
Payables to banks for
loans
16,439 16,439 (82) 82
Payables to banks for
credit lines
- -
Trade payables 12,947
Payables to subsidiaries
Other
borrowings
4,461
2,710
2,710 (14) 14
(leasing)
Derivative
financial
instruments
(96) 96
Total effect as at 31/03/2015 (43) 43
+ 50 bps on IRR Interest rate risk (IRR)
-50 bps on IRR
Of which Other Other
Book
value
subject to
IRR
Profits
(Losses)
changes in
Equity
Profits
(Losses)
changes in
Equity
Financial assets
Cash
and
cash
equivalents
8,915 8,915 45 (45)
Trade receivables 20,825
Receivables
from
subsidiaries
7,622
Derivative
financial
instruments 45 (45)
Financial liabilities
Payables to banks for
loans
17,424 17,424 (87) 87
Payables to banks for
credit lines
3 3 - -
Trade payables
Payables to subsidiaries
11,878
2,154
Other
(leasing)
borrowings 3,180 3,180 (16) 16
Derivative
instruments
financial 89
(103) 103
Total effect as at 31/03/2014 (58) 58

The variability parameters applied were identified in the context of changes that are reasonably possible on exchange rates with all other variables being equal.

Capital risk Management

The Company manages the Capital with the objective of supporting the core business and optimising the value for Shareholders, while maintaining a correct structure of the Capital and reducing its cost. Piquadro S.p.A. monitors the Capital on the basis of the gearing ratio, which is calculated as the ratio between net debt and total Capital.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Net Financial Position 8,595 11,692
Equity 34,111 32,153
Total capital 42,707 43,845
Gearing ratio 20.1% 26.7%

Employee benefits

Law no. 296 of 27 December 2006, the 2007 Finance Law, introduced considerable amendments as regards the allocation of funds of the Provision for TFR. Until 31 December 2006, TFR was included within the scope of postemployment benefit plans, of the "defined benefit" type of plans and was measured according to IAS 19, using the Projected Unit Credit method made by independent actuaries. This calculation consists in estimating the amount of the benefit that an employee will receive on the alleged date of termination of the employment relationship using demographic and financial assumptions. The amount that is thus calculated is then discounted back and reproportioned on the basis of the length of service built up against the total length of service and is a reasonable estimate of the benefits that each employee has already accrued with respect to the work performed. Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in the actuarial assumptions used are recognised in the Income Statement.

As a result of the reform of supplementary pension schemes, the Provision for TFR, as regards the portion accrued from 1 January 2007, is to be considered as being substantially assimilated to a "defined contribution plan". In particular, these amendments introduced the possibility for workers to choose where to allocate the TFR that is accruing. In companies with more than 50 employees, the new TFR flows may be allocated by the worker to selected pension schemes or kept in the company and transferred to INPS (Istituto Nazionale di Previdenza Sociale, National Social Security Institute).

In short, following the reform on supplementary pension schemes, the Company has carried out an actuarial measurement of the TFR accrued before 2007, without further including the component relating to future pay increases. On the contrary, the portion accrued after 2007 has been accounted for according to the procedures attributable to defined contribution plans.

June 2012 saw the issue of Regulation (EC) no. 475/2012, which adopted, at EU level, the revised version of IAS 19 (Employee benefits), which will be applicable effective from 1 April 2013 on a mandatory and retrospective basis, as required by IAS 8 (accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors).

As required by this standard, the Company applied said changes starting from the 2012/2013 consolidated financial statements. Specifically, IAS 19 revised provides for the recognition of changes in actuarial gains/losses ("remeasurements") for defined-benefit plans (e.g. the Staff Severance Pay [Trattamento di Fine Rapporto – TFR]) under other comprehensive income, thus eliminating any other options previously envisaged (including that adopted by the Piquadro Group, which recognised said components under personnel costs in the income statement). Any cost relating to work performance, as well as any interest expense relating to the time value component in actuarial calculations (reclassified under financial charges) remained in the income statement. Below are the effects of the retrospective application of said changes in previous financial statements:

  • the reclassification for Euro 32 thousand from the reserve of "Retained earnings" to the reserve for "Employee benefits" (classified under Other reserves), against actuarial effects recognised before 31 March 2013;
  • the reclassification of actuarial effects relating to the FY 2012/2013, equal to Euro 6 thousand (including the related tax effect) from the profit for the period to the statement of comprehensive income.

Provisions for risks and charges

Provisions for risk and charges cover certain or probable costs and charges of a fixed nature, whose timing or amount was uncertain at the closing date of the financial year. Provisions are recognised when: (i) it is probable that a current obligation (legal or constructive) exists as a result of past events; (ii) it is probable that the fulfilment of the obligation will require the payment of a consideration; (iii) the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably. Provisions are entered at the value representing the best estimate of the amount that the Company would rationally pay to discharge the obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the closing date of the period. When the financial effect of time is significant and the payment dates of the obligations can be estimated reliably, the provision is discounted back; the increase in the Provision connected with the passage of time is charged to the Income Statement under item "Financial income (Charges)". The Provision for supplementary clientele indemnity, as well as any other Provisions for risks and charges, is allocated on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the future probable liability, taking account of the available elements and also taking account of the estimates made by independent third-party actuaries.

Income taxes

Taxes for the period represent the sum of current and deferred taxes.

Current taxes are determined on the basis of a realistic forecast of charges to be paid in the application of the tax regulations in force; the related debt is reported net of advances, taxes withheld and tax credits that can be offset, under item "Current tax payables". If there is a credit, the amount is reported under item "Current tax receivables " under current assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the temporary differences between the values of assets and liabilities entered in the accounts and the corresponding values recognised for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are entered when it is probable that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified under noncurrent assets and liabilities and are offset if they refer to taxes that can be offset. The balance of the set-off is entered under item "Deferred tax assets" if positive and under item "Deferred tax liabilities" if negative".

Both current and deferred taxes are recognised under item "Income tax expenses" in the Income Statement, except when these taxes are originated from transactions whose effects are recognised directly in Equity. In this case, the contra-entry of the recognition of the debt for current taxes, of deferred tax assets and liabilities is charged as a reduction in the Equity item from which the effect being recorded originated.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the basis of the tax rates which are expected to be applied in the tax year when these assets will be realised or these liabilities will be discharged.

Furthermore, for a better representation of the provisions laid down under "IAS 12 – Income Taxes" in relation to the offsetting of deferred taxation, the Group has deemed it appropriate to reclassify portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities where there is a legal right to setoff current tax assets and the corresponding current tax liabilities.

Currency translation

Receivables and payables initially expressed in a currency other than the functional currency of the company which recognises the receivable/payable (foreign currency) are translated into the functional currency of the said company at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates on which the related transactions take place. The exchange rate differences realised on the occasion of the collection of receivables and the payment of debts in foreign currency are entered in the Income Statement. As at the reporting date of the financial statements, receivables and payables in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at that date, charging any changes in the value of the receivable/payable to the Income Statement (estimated foreign exchange gains and losses).

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognised at the time of the transfer of all the risks and charges arising from the ownership of the transferred assets.

Revenues and income are recognised net of returns, discounts, allowances and premiums, as well as of the taxes connected to the sale or performance of services.

With reference to the main types of revenues achieved by the Company, they are recognised on the basis of the following criteria and as required by IAS 18:

Sales of goods - retail segment. The Company operates in the retail business through its own network of DOSs. Revenues are accounted for at the time of the delivery of the goods to the customers, when all the risks are substantially transferred. Sales are usually collected directly or through credit cards.

Sales of goods - Wholesale segment. The Company distributes products in the Wholesale market. The related revenues are accounted for at the time of the shipment of the goods, when all the risks are substantially transferred. Performance of services. These revenues are accounted for proportionally to the state of completion of the service

rendered as at the relevant date.

Sales based on repurchase commitments. Revenues and receivables from the buyer are recognised at the time of the delivery of the goods, while reversing the value of the sold goods from the assets. As at the reporting date, revenues and receivables are reversed on the basis of the sales made by the buyer in relation to the sold goods. The difference between the book value (which corresponds to the production cost) and the estimated resale value is recognised under the item "Inventories".

Financial income and revenues from services are recognised on an accruals basis.

Cost recognition

Costs are recognised when they relate to goods and services purchased and/or received during the period or relate to the systematic apportionment of an expense from which future benefits derive that can be apportioned over time.

Financial charges and charges from services are recognised on an accruals basis.

Use of estimates

The process of drawing up the financial statements involves the Management making accounting estimates based on complex and/or subjective judgements; these estimates are based on past experiences and assumptions that are considered reasonable and realistic on the basis of information known at the moment of making the estimate. The use of these accounting estimates affects the value of assets and liabilities and the disclosure on potential assets and liabilities as at the reporting date, as well as the amount of revenues and costs in the relevant period. The final results, or the actual economic effect that is recognised when the event takes place, of the financial statement items for which the abovementioned estimates and assumptions were used, may differ from those reported in the financial statements that recognise the effects arising from the event that is subject to estimation, due to the uncertainty that is characteristic of assumptions and the conditions on which the estimates are based.

Main estimates adopted by the Management

Below are briefly described the Accounting Standards which, more than others, require greater subjectivity on the part of the Directors in working out the estimates and for which a change in the conditions underlying the assumptions applied could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial data:

Impairment of assets: property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with a definite life are subject to verification in order to ascertain if an impairment has occurred. This impairment shall be recognised by means of a write-down when indicators exist that could lead to an expectation of difficulties in recovering the relative net book value through usage of the asset. Verifying that the abovementioned indicators exist requires Directors to exercise subjective valuations based on information available and inferable from the market, as well as using past experience. Moreover, should the likelihood of a potential impairment be ascertained, the Company will set about calculating this using the evaluation techniques that it considers appropriate. Correctly identifying the items that indicate the existence of a potential impairment and the estimates used for calculating the same depend on factors which can vary over time and affect the valuations and estimates carried out by the Directors.

Amortisation and depreciation of fixed assets: the amortisation and depreciation of fixed assets constitute a significant cost for the Company. The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related assets. The useful economic life of the Company's fixed assets is determined by the Directors at the time when the fixed asset has been purchased; it is based on past experience for similar fixed assets, market conditions and expectations regarding future events which could have an impact on the useful life, including changes in technology. Therefore, the actual economic life may differ from the estimated useful life. The Company periodically evaluates technological and sector changes in order to update the residual useful life. This periodical update could involve a variation in the depreciation period and therefore also in the depreciation rates for future financial years.

Deferred taxes: deferred tax assets are accounted for on the basis of the income expected in the future financial years. The measurement of the expected income for the purposes of accounting for deferred taxes depends on factors which can vary over time and determine significant effects on the measurement of deferred tax assets.

Provisions for legal and tax risks: provisions are made for legal and tax risks, if required, which represent the risk of being the losing party. The amount of the Provisions (if any) entered in the accounts statements relating to such risks represents the best estimate at that time made by Management. This estimate entails the adoption of assumptions which depend on factors which can vary over time and which could therefore have effects compared to the current estimated made by the Directors for the preparation of the financial statements.

Below are reported the critical accounting estimates of the process of drawing up the financial statements for which the Management has availed itself of the support and valuations of independent third-party experts (actuaries and financial advisors). Please note that future amendments (if any) to the conditions underlying the judgments, assumptions and estimates adopted could have an impact on the results of financial years after 2013/2014.

Actuarial calculation of defined-benefit pension plans: the estimates, demographic and economic-financial assumptions adopted, with the support of the valuations of an actuarial expert, in the actuarial calculation for the determination of defined-benefit plans within post-employment benefits are broken down as follows:

Annual rate of inflation Probability of exit of the employee
from the Company
Probability of advance payments
of the TFR
1.5% for 2015 and 2.0 for 2014 Frequency of 3.51% for 2015 and
3.78% for 2014
4.63% for 2015 and 4.72% for 2014

Finally, it is specified that the actuarial valuations have been made by using the curve of the interest rates of the corporate securities with rating AA.

Amendments to Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards, amendments and interpretations

Starting from 1 April 2014, the following accounting standards and amendments to the international accounting standards issued by the IASB and endorsed by the European Union were applied obligatorily:

IFRS 10 – "Consolidated Financial Statements (Regulation 1254/2012)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, replaces IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC 12 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. The new standard introduces a new definition of control, as well as clarifies the concept of de facto control (control with less than the majority of voting rights) and clarifies the link between control and agency relationship. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively. The application of the new standard has had no effects on the composition of the Company's consolidation area.

  • IFRS 11 "Joint arrangements (Regulation 1254/2012)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC 13 Jointly Controlled Entities - Non-Monetary Contributions by Venturers. The new standard provides for the distinction between joint operation and joint venture, focusing on the rights and obligations of participants rather than on the legal form of the agreement; furthermore, the consolidation on a proportional basis in case of joint ventures is abolished. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively.
  • IFRS 12 "Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard, which was issued by the IASB on 12 May 2011, is a newly-introduced standard which must be applied when an entity has interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities. The amendment requires to disclose information on judgments and significant assumptions carried out to determine the existence of the control, joint control or connection relationship.
  • IAS 27 (Revised) "Separate Financial Statements (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard was amended by the IASB on 12 May 2011 as a result of the issue of IFRS 10; the scope of application of IAS 27 is limited to separate financial statements only. The standard regulates the accounting treatment of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in separate financial statements. These amendments have had no effect on the measurement of the items in the financial statements.
  • IAS 28 (Revised) "Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (Regulation 1254/2012)". This standard was amended by the IASB on 12 May 2011 as a result of the issue of IFRS 10 and IFRS 11. It regulates the accounting treatment of investments in associates and joint ventures and the criteria for the application of the equity method.
  • IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 (Amendments) "Transition guidance (Regulation 313/2013)". The amendment, which was issued by the IASB on 28 June 2012, clarifies the time of the first application of IFRS 10 and provides operational guidelines in the event that the application of IFRS 10 determines the entry or the exit of an entity from the scope of consolidation. The amendment also introduces simplifications concerning the initial application of IFRS 11 and IFRS 12.
  • IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (Amendments) "Investment Entities" (Regulation 1174/2013)". Amendments issued by the IASB on 31 October 2012. The document introduces the exemption for any entities that measure their investments at fair value (Investment entities) from the consolidation obligations laid down under IFRS 10, as the board has deemed it appropriate that, as regards these entities, the information arising from the measurement of investments at fair value is more significant that that arising from the consolidation of assets and liabilities. Furthermore, it is specified that an investment entity must not apply IFRS 3 at the time of the acquisition of control over an entity, but it must proceed with the measurement at fair value as required by IFRS 9 or by IAS 39. Finally, instructions are provided on the accounting treatment in the separate financial statements and on the type of information to be provided. These amendments have had no effect on the measurement of the items in the Company's financial statements.
  • IAS 36 (Amendments) "Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets" (Regulation 1374/2013)". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 29 May 2013 and will be applicable on a retrospective basis starting from the financial years that will commence on 1 April 2014. The document provides that the disclosure obligation relating to the recoverable value of assets or Cash Generating Units (CGU) arises only in the cases when an impairment or a reversal of a previous write-down has been accounted for. It also provides clarifications as to the information to be provided in the case of impairment of an asset, when the recoverable value has been determined by using the fair value method, net of selling costs. The application of these amendments has had no effect on the Company's financial statements.
  • IAS 39 (Amendments) "Novation of derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting (Regulation 1375/2013)". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 27 June 2013 and will be applicable on a retrospective basis starting from the financial years that will commence on 1 April 2014, with early adoption permitted. The document specifies some exemptions from the hedge accounting requirements defined by IAS 39 in the case that an existing derivative must be replaced by a new derivative that has a central counterparty, either directly or indirectly, pursuant to law or regulations. Specifically, this

document acknowledges that, if some specific conditions are fulfilled, the novation of a hedging derivative instrument shall not be considered as an expiry or termination of the instrument, generating the prospective discontinuation of hedge accounting. The application of these amendments has had no effect on the Company's financial statements.

These amendments did not entail significant effects on the disclosure provided in this annual financial report and on the valuation of the related balance sheet items.

Accounting Standards, amendments and interpretations endorsed by the European Union but which are still not applicable and which were not adopted by the Company in advance

Starting from 1 April 2015, the following accounting standards and amendments to the accounting standards will be applicable on a compulsory basis, as the EU endorsement process has already been concluded:

IFRIC 21 – "Levies (Regulation 634/2014)". This interpretation was issued by IFRS IC on 20 May 2013 and will be applicable, on a retrospective basis, starting from financial years that will commence on or after 17 July 2014. The interpretation was issued to identify the methods to account for "Levies", i.e. the payments to a government body for which the entity does not receive specific goods or services. The document identifies various types of levies and specifies the event that gives rise to the obligation, which in turn determines, pursuant to IAS 37, the recognition of a liability.

Starting from 1 April 2016 the following accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards shall be applied obligatorily, as the EU endorsement process has already been completed for them:

IAS 19 (Amendments) – "Employee Benefits: Defined Benefit Plans- Employee Contributions (Regulation 29/2015)". This document was issued by the IASB on 21 November 2013 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 July 2014. The objective of the amendments is to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of the number of years of employee service, such as, for example, employee contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of salary.

On 12 December 2013 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2010-2012 Cycle)", as subsequently adopted by the European Union by Regulation 28/2015. These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 July 2014, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

  • IFRS 2 (Improvement) "Share-based Payment: Definition of vesting conditions". Amendments have been made to the definitions of "vesting conditions" and "market condition" and the definitions of "performance condition" and "service condition" have been added.
  • IFRS 3 (Improvement) "Business Combinations: Accounting for contingent consideration in a business combination". It is clarified that a contingent consideration in a business combination classified as an asset or liability must be measured at fair value through profit or loss at each reporting date, regardless of whether it is a financial instrument regulated by IFRS 9 or by IAS 39 or a non-financial asset or liability.
  • IFRS 8 (Improvement) "Operating Segments: Aggregation of operating segments". These amendments require the disclosure of the judgements made by the Management in aggregating operating segments.
  • IFRS 8 (Improvement) "Operating Segments: Reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments' assets to the entity's assets". The amendment requires that the reconciliation should be provided obligatorily only if a measurement of the total assets of operating segments is regularly provided to the Management.
  • IFRS 13 (Improvement) "Fair value Measurement: short-term Receivables and Payables". The improvement clarifies that issuing IFRS 13 does not remove the ability to measure short-term receivables and payables without applying the discounting-back, should these effects have not been significant.

  • IAS 16 (Improvement) "Property, Plant and Equipment & Improvement IAS 38 Intangible assets": Revaluation method". These amendments eliminate some inconsistencies in recognising amortisation and depreciation funds when a tangible or intangible asset is subject to revaluation. Specifically, it is clarified that the gross book value must be adjusted consistently with the revaluation of the net value of the asset and that the amortisation and depreciation fund must be equal to the difference between gross value and net value, less any impairment losses previously recognised.

  • IAS 24 (Improvement) "Related Party Transactions: Key management personnel services". Some provisions are clarified in relation to the identification of related parties and to the information to be provided with reference to key management personnel.

On 12 December 2013 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2011-2013 Cycle)", as subsequently adopted by the European Union by Regulation 1361/2014. These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 July 2014, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

  • IFRS 1 (Improvement) "First-time Adoption of IFRSs: Meaning of effective IFRSs". The amendment clarifies that, upon first-time adoption of IFRS, it is possible to opt for the early application of a new standard aimed at replacing the standard in force, as an alternative to the application of a standard in force as at the transition date.
  • IFRS 3 (Improvement) "Business Combinations: Scope exception for joint ventures". The improvement excludes all types of joint arrangements from the scope of application of IFRS 3.
  • IFRS 13 (Improvement) "Fair value measurement: Scope of paragraph 52 (portfolio exception) (par. 52)". This amendment clarifies that the possibility of measuring a group of assets and liabilities at fair value also refers to contracts within the scope of application of IAS 39 (or IFRS 9), but that do not meet the definition of financial assets and liabilities provided by IAS32 (such as, for example, any contracts for the purchase and sale of commodities that can be settled in cash at their net value).
  • IAS 40 (Improvement) "Investment Property Clarifying the interrelationship of IFRS 3 and IAS 40". It is clarified that, in order to determine whether the purchase of an investment property falls within the scope of application of IFRS 3, it is necessary to make reference to IFRS 3, while, in order to determine whether the purchase falls within the scope of application of IAS 40, it is necessary to make reference to the specific instructions under said standard.

The Company is assessing the potential effects on the financial statements arising from adopting these standards or amendments to the existing standards.

Accounting Standards being adopted by the European Union

The following updates of the IFRS accounting standards (as already approved by the IASB), as well as the following interpretations and amendments, are being approved by the competent bodies of the European Union:

  • IFRS 9 "Financial instruments". This standard was published by the IASB, in its final version, on 24 July 2014 at the end of a long-term process aimed at replacing the current IAS 39. The standard, the application of which is expected on 1 January 2018, introduces new criteria for the classification of financial assets and liabilities, for the derecognition and impairment of financial assets and the management and accounting for hedging transactions.
  • IFRS 14 "Regulatory deferral accounts". This document was issued by the IASB on 30 January 2014. The standard permits IFRS first-time adopters only to continue to recognise any amounts related to rate regulation in accordance with the accounting standards previously adopted. Its application is expected to start from 1 January 2016, with early application permitted.

  • IFRS 15 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". This standard was published by the IASB on 28 May 2014 and replaces IAS 18 – Revenue, IAS 11 – Construction Contracts, the interpretations SIC 31, IFRIC 13 and IFRIC 15. The new standard applies to any and all contracts with customers, except for any contracts that fall under the scope of application of IAS 17 – Leases, insurance contracts and financial instruments. The new standard lays down a process consisting of five steps which determine the timing and the amount of the revenues to recognise (identification of contracts with customers, identification of the performance obligations laid down as per contract, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price, recognition of revenues upon the fulfilment of the performance obligation). The adoption of this standard is expected to be obligatory starting on 1 January 2017, with early adoption permitted. It is planned to apply the new standard retrospectively, with the possibility of choosing whether to restate the financial years presented in the comparative disclosures or recognise the effects of its adoption under the opening equity of the first-time adoption financial year.

  • IFRS 11 (Amendments) "Joint arrangements: Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 6 May 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016, with early application permitted. The document states that the principles in IFRS 3 – Business Combinations – regarding the recognition of the effects of a business combination must be applied in order to recognise the acquisition of a joint operation whose activity is represented by a business.
  • IAS 16 and IAS 38 (Amendments) "Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 12 May 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016. The document states that, except in certain limited circumstances, a method of amortisation/depreciation correlated to revenues may not be considered acceptable for both property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
  • IAS 16 and IAS 41 (Amendments) "Agriculture". These amendments were issued by the IASB on 30 June 2014 and will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016. The document states that the accounting treatment of some specific types of biological activities (fruit trees) must be as laid down in IAS 16.
  • IAS 27 (Amendments) "Separate Financial Statements". The document was issued by the IASB on 12 August 2014. These amendments, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on 1 January 2016, allow the equity method to be used to account for investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in separate financial statements. The aim is to reduce management complexity and relative costs for companies that operate under legal systems in which IFRS also apply to separate financial statements.
  • IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (Amendments) "Sales or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture". The document was issued by the IASB on 11 September 2014 in order to solve a conflict between the two mentioned standards in relation to the disposal of an asset or of a subsidiary to an associate or to a joint venture, and will be applicable from 1 January 2016. The amendments provide that, in the case of a disposal or contribution of assets or of a subsidiary to an associate or to a joint venture, the value of the profit or loss to be recognized in the accounts of the transferring/contributing company must be related to the classification of the assets or of the subsidiary that have been transferred/contributed as a business, as defined under IFRS 3. In the event that the disposal/contribution constitutes a business, the entity must recognise the profit or loss in relation to the entire portion previously held; while, otherwise, the entity must recognize the portion of profit or loss relating to the portion still held by the entity that must be derecognized.

On 25 September 2014 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published a document named "Improvements to International Financial Reporting Standards (2012-2014 Cycle)". These improvements, which will be applicable from the financial years that will commence on or after 1 April 2016, include amendments to the following existing international accounting standards:

IFRS 5 (Improvement) – "Non-current Assets Held for Sale and discontinued operations: change of disposal method". The amendment provides guidelines to apply when an entity reclassifies an asset (or a disposal group) from "held for sale" to "held for distribution" (or vice versa), or when the requirements for the classification of an asset as "held for distribution" are no longer met.

  • IFRS 7 (Improvement) "Financial instruments: disclosures". The document regulates the introduction of additional guidelines to clarify whether a servicing contract constitutes a residual involvement in a transferred business for the purposes of the required disclosures. Furthermore, in relation to the offsetting of financial assets and liabilities, the document clarifies that the disclosures are not expressly required for all interim financial statements. However, these disclosures could be required in order to meet the requirements set out under IAS 34, when they are significant disclosures.
  • IAS 19 (Improvement) "Employee benefits: discount rate". The document introduces amendments to IAS 19 in order to clarify that the high quality corporate bonds used to determine the discount rate of postemployment benefits should be issued in the same currency as that used to pay the benefits. The amendments specify that the extent of the high quality corporate bonds market must be considered at currency level.
  • IAS 34 (Improvement) "Interim financial reporting: disclosure of information elsewhere in the interim financial report". The document introduces amendments in order to clarify the requirements to apply when the required disclosures are presented in the interim financial report, but not in the sections of the financial statements. The amendment specifies that these disclosures must be included through cross-references between the two documents, provided that both of them are available to the users of the financial statements in the same manners and within the same time limits.
  • IAS 1 (Amendments) "Presentation of financial statements". The document was issued by the IASB on 18 December 2014. The amendments, which will be applicable starting from the financial years that will commence on 1 April 2016, are aimed at making the preparation of the financial statements more clear and intelligible. The amendments relate to:
  • o materiality and aggregation: clarifies that an entity should not obscure useful information by aggregating or disaggregating information; and that materiality considerations apply to the primary statements, explanatory notes and any specific disclosure requirements in IFRSs, i.e. disclosures specifically required by IFRSs need to be provided only if the information is material;
  • o statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income: clarifies that the list of line items specified by IAS 1 for these statements can be disaggregated and aggregated as relevant. Additional guidance has been added on the presentation of subtotals in these statements;
  • o presentation of other comprehensive income ("OCI"): clarifies that an entity's share of OCI of associates and joint ventures consolidated according to the equity method should be presented in aggregate as single line items based on whether or not it will subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss;
  • o explanatory notes: clarifies that entities have flexibility when designing the structure of the explanatory notes and provides guidance on how to determine a systematic order of the notes.
  • IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IAS 28 (Amendments) "Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation Exception". The document, which was published by the IASB on 18 December 2014, introduces the following amendments:
  • o the exemption from preparing consolidated financial statements for a sub-holding company also applies to a parent entity that is a subsidiary of an investment entity;
  • o a subsidiary that provides services that support the investment entity's investment activities: the amendments clarify that only a subsidiary that is not an investment entity itself is consolidated;
  • o the application of the equity method by a non-investment entity that has an interest in an associate or joint venture that is an investment entity: the amendments allow the investor to retain the fair value measurement applied by the investment entity associate or joint venture to its interests in subsidiaries;
  • o an investment entity that measures its subsidiaries at fair value must provide the disclosures required by IFRS 12.

As at the date of this annual financial Report, it was not deemed that the accounting standards, interpretations and amendments to accounting standards listed above may have potential significant impacts on the Company's equity, financial and economic position.

COMMENTS ON THE ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

ASSETS

Non-current assets

The following statements have been prepared for the two classes of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, which report, for each item, historical costs, the previous amortisation and depreciation, the changes that occurred in the last two financial years and the closing balances.

Note 1 – Intangible assets

The table below reports the opening balance, the changes that occurred in the FY 2013/2014 and FY 2014/2015 and the final balance of intangible assets:

( in thousands
of Euro )
Development
costs
Industrial
patent
rights
Software,
licences,
trademarks and
other rights
Other fixed
assets
Fixed assets
under
development
Total
Gross value 592 50 1,915 2,543 47 5,147
Amortisation
fund
(592) (43) (1,440) (1,287) - (3,362)
Net value as at
31/03/2013
- 7 475 1,256 47 1,785
Increases for the
period
- 7 120 951 79 1,157
Sales - - - - - -
Reclassifications - - 3 44 (47) -
Write-downs - - - - - -
Amortisation - (4) (279) (260) - (543)
Gross value 592 57 2,038 3,538 79 6,304
Amortisation
fund
(592) (47) (1,719) (1,547) - (3,905)
Net value as at - 10 319 1,991 79 2,399
31/03/2014
Increases for
the period
- - 183 - 183
Sales - - - - (13) (13)
Reclassifications - - 66 (66) -
Write-downs - - - - - -
Amortisation - (5) (237) (218) - (460)
Gross value 592 57 2,287 3,538 6,474
Amortisation (592) (52) (1,953) (1,765) - (4,362)
fund
Net value as at
31/03/2015
- 5 334 1,773 - 2,112

Increases in intangible assets, equal to Euro 183 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,157 thousand as at 31 March 2014), related to investments in software and IT products for Euro 139 thousand and to trademarks for Euro 44 thousand.

No intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are reported in the accounts.

In the course of the FY 2014/2015 no trigger events occurred as to the key moneys (Milan – Via della Spiga, Bologna - Piazza Maggiore, Rome – Cinecittà, Milan – Corso Buenos Aires, Milan - Assago, Pescara, Milan – Fiordaliso Shopping Mall, Verona – P.zza delle Erbe, Venice, Forte dei Marmi and Florence), which may provide evidence of potential impairment losses of the same.

Note 2 - Property, plant and equipment

The table below reports the opening balance, the changes that occurred in the FY 2013/2014 and FY 2014/2015 and the final balance of property, plant and equipment:

(in thousands
of Euro)
Land Building Plant and
equipment
Industrial and
business
equipment
Other
assets
Fixed assets
under
construction
and
advances
Total
Gross value 878 6,283 2,478 9,646 336 171 19,792
Depreciation
fund
- (1,325) (2,299) (4,957) (333) - (8,914)
Net value as at
31/03/2013
878 4,958 179 4,689 3 171 10,878
Increases for the
period
- - 57 1,065 - - 1,122
Sales - - - - - - -
Depreciation - (196) (68) (1,027) (3) - (1,294)
Write-down
of
- - - (64) - - (64)
gross value
Write-down
of
depreciation
- - - 32 - - 32
fund
Other
changes
in historical cost
- - - - - - -
Other
changes
in
depreciation
fund
- - - - - - -
Reclassifications - - - 171 - (171) -
Gross value 878 6,283 2,535 10,818 336 - 20,850
Depreciation
fund
- (1,521) (2,367) (5,952) (336) - (10,176)
Increases for the
period
- - 29 1,016 30 - 1,075
Sales - - - - - - -
Depreciation - (196) (59) (1,101) (3) - (1,359)
Write-down
of
- - - - - - -
gross value
Write-down
of
- - - - - - -
depreciation
fund
Other
changes
in historical cost
- - (2) (312) - - (314)
Other changes in
depreciation fund
- - 2 261 -
-
263
Reclassifications - - - -
-
-
Gross value 878 6,284 2,563 11,519 366 - 21,610
Depreciation
fund
- (1,717) (2,424) (6,790) (339) - (11,270)
Net value as at
31/03/2015
878 4,566 138 4,730 27 - 10,340

Increases in property, plant and equipment, equal to Euro 1,075 thousand in the financial year ended 31 March 2015 (Euro 1,122 thousand as at 31 March 2014), were mainly attributable to workshop equipment and machinery for Euro 29 thousand, to furniture and fittings for Euro 857 thousand and to sundry equipment purchased for new DOSs opened in the period under consideration and to the refurbishment of some existing shops for Euro 81 thousand, to the purchase of electronic office machines for Euro 72 thousand and to the purchase of minor assets for Euro 6 thousand and to the purchase of motor vehicles for Euro 30 thousand.

Below are reported the net book values of the assets held through finance lease agreements:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Land 878 878
Buildings 4,318 4,762
Industrial and business equipment 80 180
Total 5,276 5,820

Note 3 – Equity investments in subsidiaries

Below is the breakdown of the item:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Piquadro España SLU 700 700
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH - -
Piquadro BV* - -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. - -
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 258 258
Piquadro Macau Limitada - -
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 990 990
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 490 490
Piquadro France SARL 2,496 2,496
Piquadro Swiss SA 3 3
Piquadro UK Limited 817 -
Piquadro USA INC 440
Total equity investments in subsidiaries 6,194 4,937
Equity investments in other companies 1 1
Total equity investments 6,195 4,938

* Company wound up on 1 July 2013.

The following statements specify the equity investments relating to subsidiaries, as well as any additional information required by article 2427 of the Italian Civil Code. The values refer to the last financial statements, as adjusted by IFRS entries.

Company name HQ Ownership
%
Book
value
Equity Provision for
risks on equity
investments
Delta
Piquadro España SLU Barcelona 100% 700 762 - 62
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH Munich 100% - (33) 33 -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. Hong
Kong
100% - 140 25 165
Uni Best Leather Goods
Zhongshan Co. Ltd.
Zhongshan 100% 258 560 - 302
Piquadro Macau Limitada* Macau 100% - 127 - 127
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. Shenzhen 100% 990 1,279 - 289
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. Taipei 100% 490 785 - 295
Piquadro France SARL Paris 100% 2,496 2,534 - 38
Piquadro Swiss SA Mendrisio 51% 3 (42) 42 -
Piquadro UK Limited London 100% 817 964 - 147
Piquadro USA INC New York 100% 440 464 - 24

* Company indirectly owned by Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd.

Below is the breakdown of changes in the value of equity investments and of the related Provisions for risks on equity investments:

(in thousands of Euro) Book value Increases Write-downs Other Book value
31/03/2014 changes 31/03/2015
Piquadro España SLU 700 - - - 700
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH - - - - -
Piquadro BV* - - - - -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. - - - - -
Uni
Best
Leather
Goods
258 - - - 258
Zhongshan Co. Ltd.
Piquadro Macau Limitada - - - - -
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. 990 - - - 990
Ltd.
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 490 - - - 490
Piquadro France SARL 2,496 - - - 2,496
Piquadro Swiss SA 3 - - 3
Piquadro UK Limited 817 817
Piquadro USA INC 440 440
Total
equity
investments
in
subsidiaries
4,937 1,257 - - 6,194
Equity
investments
in
other
companies
1 - - - 1
Total equity investments 4,938 - - - 6,195

* Company wound up on 1 July 2013.

The increase in non-current financial assets related to the payment on account of capital made on 23 May 2014 in favour of the subsidiary Piquadro UK and to the payment on account of capital made on 20 February 2015 in consideration of the establishment of the subsidiary Piquadro USA INC.

Note 4 - Receivables from others

Receivables from others (equal to Euro 309 thousand as at 31 March 2015 compared to Euro 255 thousand as at 31 March 2014) relate to guarantee deposits paid by the Company for various utilities, including those relating to the operation of Company-owned shops.

Note 5 – Deferred tax assets

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Deferred tax assets:
- within 12 months 329 148
- beyond 12 months 787 898
1,116 1,046
Deferred tax liabilities
- within 12 months 182 29
- beyond 12 months 62 62
244 91
Net Position 872 955

Below is reported the relevant change:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
------------------------ --------------- ---------------
Opening Net Position 955 768
Credit/(Debit) to the Income Statement (83) 169
Credit/(Debit) to Equity - 18
Total 872 955

Below are reported the main elements that make up deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities and their changes in the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

Deferred tax assets 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro) Temporary Tax effect Temporary Tax effect
differences (IRES+IRAP) differences (IRES+IRAP)
Deferred tax assets with effect
through P&L:
Provision for bad debts 1,057 291 1,040 286
Provision
for
obsolescence
of
inventories
479 132 450 124
Provisions for risks and charges 243 42 260 61
Amortisation and depreciation 470 148 437 137
Others 1,677 505 1,327 413
Total 3,925 1,116 3,514 1,022
Amount credited (debited) to P&L 83 64
Deferred
tax
assets
with
effect
through comprehensive income:
Hedging transactions (cash flow hedge) 89 24
Total 89 24
Amount
credited
(debited)
to
comprehensive income
- - - -
Total tax effect 3,925 1,116 3,603 1,046
Deferred tax liabilities 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro) Temporary
differences
Tax effect
(IRES+IRAP)
Temporary
differences
Tax effect
(IRES+IRAP)
Deferred tax liabilities with effect
through P&L:
Others 879 244 303 83
Total 879 244 303 83
Amount credited (debited) to P&L (153) (110)
Deferred tax liabilities with effect
through comprehensive income:
Hedging
transactions
(cash
flow
23 6
hedge)
Defined-benefit plans 7 2 6 2
Total 29 8
Amount
credited
(debited)
to
comprehensive income
- 6
Total tax effect 886 246 332 91

Note 6 - Inventories

The tables below report the breakdown of net inventories into the relevant classes and the changes in the provision for write-down of inventories (entered as a direct reduction in the individual classes of inventories), respectively:

(in thousands of Euro) Gross value as at
31 March 2015
Provision for
write-down
Net value as at
31 March 2015
Net value as at
31 March 2014
Raw materials 1,577 (151) 1,426 1,811
Semi-finished products 36 36 42
Finished products 12,200 (328) 11,872 11,138
Inventories 13,813 (479) 13,334 12,991

Below is reported the breakdown and the changes in the Provision for write-down of inventories:

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as
at 31 March
2014
Use Accrual Provision as at 31
March 2015
Provision for write-down of raw materials 151 - 151
Provision
for
write-down
of
finished
299 (236) 265 328
products
Total
Provision
for
write-down
of
inventories
450 (236) 265 479

31 March 2015 saw the recognition of an increase of Euro 343 thousand in inventories compared to the corresponding values at 31 March 2014. This increase is mainly attributable to seasonal trends and to an increase in the number of shops opened in the course of the FY 2014/2015.

Note 7 - Trade receivables

Below is the breakdown of trade receivables:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Receivables from customers 23,937 21,992
Provision for bad debts (1,231) (1,173)
Current trade receivables 22,706 20,819

Gross trade receivables showed a balance of Euro 23,937 thousand at 31 March 2015, showing an increase of Euro 1,945 thousand compared to the balance as at 31 March 2014, which was mainly attributable to the increase recorded in the sales in the Wholesale channel (6.6%).

The adjustment to the face value of receivables from customers at their presumed realisable value is obtained through a special Provision for bad debts, whose changes are showed in the table below:

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as at
31 March 2015
Provision as at
31 March 2014
Balance at the beginning of the
period
1,173 1,377
Accrual 386 430
Uses (328) (634)
Total Provision for bad debts 1,231 1,173

Note 8 – Receivables from subsidiaries

Below is the breakdown of receivables from subsidiaries:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Receivables from subsidiaries 6,435 7,622
Piquadro UK Limited 371 1,298
Piquadro France SARL 248 373
Piquadro Swiss SA 207 269
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 738 829
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 304 279
Piquadro Macau Limitada 183 277
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 3,442 2,226
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 438 1,367
Piquadro BV* - -
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 195 243
Piquadro España SLU 309 461

* Company wound up on 1 July 2013.

The decrease in receivables from subsidiaries was mainly due to the offset of credit and debit items among the companies. An increase was recorded in the receivable from the subsidiary Uni Best as a result of higher production recorded by the latter.

Note 9 – Other current assets

Below is reported the breakdown of other current assets:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Other assets 148 114
Accrued income and prepaid expenses 929 661
Other current assets 1,077 775

Other assets related to advances to suppliers for Euro 51 thousand and INAIL advances of Euro 56 thousand. Accrued income and prepaid expenses mainly related to prepaid expenses on rents (equal to Euro 363 thousand as at 31 March 2015 against Euro 245 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and media plans (Euro 388 thousand as at 31 March 2015 against Euro 194 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Nota 10 – Derivative assets

As at 31 March 2015 there were no assets relating to currency forward purchases (USD) (as at 31 March 2014 there were derivative assets equal to Euro 23 thousand).

The Company hedges the exchange risk connected to purchases of raw materials in US dollars and for contract work done in China. In consideration for this risk, the Company makes use of instruments to hedge the risk attached to the related rate, trying to fix and crystallise the exchange rate at a level that is in line with the budget forecasts.

In the course of the financial year there were no transfers between the various fair value levels. Furthermore, the effect on the measurement at fair value following the application of IFRS 13 governing the inclusion of the nonperformance risk was not significant.

Nota 11 – Tax receivables

As at 31 March 2015 tax receivables were equal to Euro 819 thousand (Euro 326 thousand at 31 March 2014) and related to the excess advances paid by the Company for IRES and IRAP taxes with respect to the payable for current taxes for the period. The balance also includes "Receivable for IRES tax refund" (equal to Euro 270 thousand), relating to the refund of the IRES tax due following the deductibility of the IRAP tax relating to the cost of subordinate employment and employment treated as such referred to in Decree Law 201/2011 and Decree Law 16/2012 for the years 2007- 2011. This amount must be considered as a receivable due beyond 12 months.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Receivables for income taxes 394 56
Receivable for IRES tax refund 425 270
Tax receivables 819 326

Note 12 – Cash and cash equivalents

Below is reported the breakdown of cash and cash equivalents (relating to Piquadro S.p.A.).:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Available current bank accounts 10,502 8,828
Money, cash on hand and cheques 52 60
Cash and cash equivalents 10,554 8,888

The balance represents cash and cash equivalents and the existence of money and cash on hand at the closing date of the period. For a better understanding of the dynamics in the Company's liquidity, reference is made to the Statement of Cash Flows.

LIABILITIES

Note 13 – Shareholders' Equity

a) Share capital

As at 31 March 2014, the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A. was equal to Euro 1,000 thousand and was represented by 50,000,000 ordinary shares, fully subscribed and paid up, with regular enjoyment, with no indication of their par value.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2013, the Shareholders' Meeting approved the guidelines of a new stock option plan for the 2012-2017 period, which is reserved for some Directors, executives with strategic responsibilities, employees and collaborators of Piquadro S.p.A. and of other companies owned by it, and resolved to approve the consequent capital increase, excluding the right of option serving the plan, up to a maximum amount of Euro 93,998, through the issue of a maximum number of 4,699,900 ordinary shares of Piquadro S.p.A., of no par value, having the same features and enjoyment as the outstanding shares; this capital increase may be also implemented in more than one payment and is divisible by 31 December 2018.

On 26 September 2012, the Board of Directors resolved to determine the subscription price of the Piquadro ordinary shares, to be paid by the beneficiaries at the time of the subscription of the shares deriving from the exercise of the options, for an amount of Euro 1.53 per share, thus determining an overall number of 3,600,000 rights of option to be assigned to the respective beneficiaries. Furthermore, subject to the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, the list of the plan's beneficiaries was approved, specifying the number of rights of option assigned to each of them.

The new stock option plan will have a term of five years and the accrual of options, to the extent of 30% by 30 September 2015, 30% by 30 September 2016 and 40% by 30 September 2017, is subject to:

  • i. the permanence of the relationship of administration, subordinate employment or collaboration, as the case may be;
  • ii. the achievement by the Piquadro Group of certain EBIT targets, expected respectively for the related financial year, with a normalized positive NFP;
  • iii. the circumstance that the Piquadro shares as at the date of accrual were still listed in an Italian regulated market.

Against this new plan, the Shareholders' Meeting also resolved the proposed partial cancellation of the capital increase as resolved by the Board of Directors on 28 February 2008 in order to serve the 2008-2013 stock option plan. In particular, the partial cancellation concerns no. 2,200,000 shares, of which no. 1,300,000 shares relate to options that have already been assigned and that have been the object of a waiver by the respective beneficiaries or have been forfeited and no. 900,000 shares related to potential new allocations for subsequent incentive plans that should have been resolved within the ultimate deadline of 1 March 2011.

The criterion adopted to measure the 2012-2017 stock option plans is based on the Black – Scholes model, which has been properly amended in order to be able to include the conditions of accrual of the options. Therefore, the calculation model has been created specifically in order to take account of the characteristics envisaged in the rules of the plan.

As at the date of this Report, the 2008-2013 Stock Option Plan, as approved by the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A. on 31 January 2008, had been settled and no option assigned by virtue of the same had been exercised. As regards the 2012-2017 Stock Option Plan, it should be noted that, on the basis of the results achieved by the Group from the approval of the stock option plan up to today and on the basis of the new plans prepared by the Management, it is emerged that the chances of attaining the EBITDA and Net Financial Position targets set out in the plan are very close to zero. As they are "non-market conditions" and taking account of these chances in accounting for the plan, the amount that had been previously accounted for under the "Stock Option Reserve" in previous financial years was consequently taken to the Income Statement (as the plan had become "out of the money").

b) Other information on Equity

Below is the statement concerning Equity items, as broken down on the basis of their origin, distributability and availability, in compliance with the provisions under paragraph 7-bis) of article 2427 of the Italian Civil Code:

Description Amount Possible
use
Available
share
Other reserves
Profit (loss) for the period
Coverage Other
Share Capital 1,000 B -
Capital reserves
Share premium reserve 1,000 A,B,C 1,000
Other Reserves
Fair Value reserve - -
Stock Option reserve 222 -
Reserve from merger (92) -
Other reserves on account
of capital
904 A,B,C
1,034 1,034
Revenue reserves
Undivided profits
Legal reserve 200 B 200
Reserve
of
undivided
profits
27,856 A,B,C 27,856
28,056

KEY: "A" for capital increase; "B" for loss coverage; "C" for distribution to shareholders.

c) Share premium reserve

This reserve, which remained unchanged compared to the previous financial year, was equal to Euro 1,000 thousand.

d) Other reserves

Other reserves were equal to Euro 1,234 thousand and mainly included the positive reserve of stock options (equal to Euro 222 thousand), the reserve for actuarial gains (losses) on defined-benefit plans (negative and equal to Euro 54 thousand), the positive reserve which arose at the time of the contribution of the branch of business made on 2 May 2005 (equal to Euro 1,157 thousand) and the negative merger reserve (equal to Euro 92 thousand).

e) Profit for the period

This item relates to the recognition of the Company profit recorded, equal to Euro 3,022 thousand as at 31 March 2015.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2014, the Company's profit for the period, as resulting from the separate financial statements as at 31 March 2014, was allocated as follows:

  • Euro 1,000 thousand to dividends, corresponding to earnings per share equal to about Euro 0.02 per share to 50,000,000 outstanding shares and to a payout of about 27.7% of the profit for the period;
  • Euro 2,612 thousand to profits carried forward.

Non-current liabilities

Note 14 – Borrowings

Below is the breakdown of non-current payables to banks:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Borrowings from 1 to 5 years 7,312 10,317
Borrowings beyond 5 years
Medium/long-term borrowings 7,312 10,317

Below is the summary of the capital quotas still to be repaid at 31 March 2015:

    1. Euro 405 thousand for the unsecured loan granted by Carisbo S.p.A. on 22 November 2010 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,700 thousand), all due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,675 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by UBI Banca Popolare Commercio & Industria on 30 July 2014 (against an initial amount of Euro 2,000 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 660 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 1,015 thousand;
    1. Euro 2,000 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by UBI Banca Popolare Commercio & Industria on 1 August 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 3,000 thousand), all due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,010 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Credem Credito Emiliano on 24 June 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,000 thousand), all due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 1,200 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Credem Credito Emiliano on 24 November 2014 (for an initial amount of Euro 1,200 thousand), all due and payable within twelve months;
    1. Euro 2,700 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Unicredit on 2 March 2015 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,700 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 1,794 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 906 thousand;
    1. Euro 2,500 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by ICCREA Banca Impresa S.p.A. on 26 March 2015 (for an initial amount of Euro 2,500 thousand), of which a current portion of Euro 823 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 1,677 thousand;
    1. Euro 5,000 thousand relating to the unsecured loan granted by Mediocredito Italiano S.p.A. on 13 February 2015, of which a current portion of Euro 1,250 thousand and a non-current portion of Euro 3,750 thousand.
(in thousands
of Euro)
Date of
granting of
the loan
Initial
amount
Currency Current
borrowings
Amort.
cost
(S/T)
Non-current
borrowings
Amort.
Cost
(L/T)
Total
Carisbo loan 22
November
2010
2,700 Euro 405 (1) 0 - 404
UBI loan 30 July 2014 2,000 Euro 665 1,019 1,678
UBI loan 1 August 2014 3,000 Euro 2,008 (7) 2,001
Credem loan 24 June 2014 2,000 Euro 1,010 (2) 1,008
Credem loan 24
November
2014
1,200 Euro 1,204 1,204
Unicredit loan 2 March 2015 2,700 Euro 1,797 (14) 906 (3) 2,685
ICCREA loan 26 March 2015 2,500 Euro 823 (7) 1,677 (6) 2,486

Below is reported the breakdown of the loans:

9,173 (47) 7,351 (37) 16,439
Mediocredito loan 13 2015 February 5,000 Euro 1,251 (15) 3,750 (27) 4,415

Note 15 – Payables to other lenders for lease agreements

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Non-current:
Payables to leasing companies 2,085 2,604
Current:
Payables to leasing companies 625 576
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements 2,710 3,180
(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to other lenders for lease agreements:
Due within 1 year 625 670
Due from 1 to 5 years 2,085 2,786
Due beyond 5 years
Financial interest to be paid (181) (276)
Present value of payables to other lenders for lease agreements 2,529 3,180

As at 31 March 2015, payables to other lenders due beyond 12 months were equal to Euro 2,085 thousand, mainly relating to the lease agreement initially entered into by Piqubo Servizi S.r.l., which was merged by incorporation into Piquadro S.p.A. by deed of 24 October 2008, with Centro Leasing S.p.A. in relation to the plant, land and the automated warehouse located in Località Sassuriano, Silla di Gaggio Montano (Province of Bologna) (Euro 2,604 thousand as at 31 March 2014), as well as to the new lease agreement entered into on 28 February 2015 in relation to corporate software for a total of Euro 66 thousand.

Note 16 – Provision for Employee Benefits

This item includes post-employment benefits measured by using the actuarial valuation method of projected unit credit applied by an independent actuary according to IAS 19.

Below are reported the changes that occurred in the course of the last two financial years in the Provision for TFR (which represents the entire value of the Provision for employee benefits), including the effects of the actuarial valuation:

(in
thousands
of
Provision for TFR
Euro)
Balance as at 31 March 2013 252
Financial charges 7
Net actuarial Losses (Gains) accounted for in the period (5)
Indemnities paid in the financial year -
Balance as at 31 March 2014 254
Financial charges 8
Net actuarial Losses (Gains) accounted for in the period 33
Indemnities paid in the financial year/Others -
Balance as at 31 March 2015 295

The value of the Provision as at 31 March 2015 has been determined by an independent actuary; the actuarial criteria and assumptions used for calculating the Provision are indicated in the paragraph Accounting Standards – Provision for employee benefits in these Notes.

From the sensitivity analysis, some changes in the provision arise, at the same time as the actuarial assumptions vary, which are not significant.

Note 17 – Provisions for risks and charges

(in thousands of Euro) Provision as
at 31 March
2014
Use Accrual Provision as at
31 March 2015
Provision for clientele supplementary
indemnity
736 (10) 175 901
Provision for risks on equity investments 55 48 103
Other Provisions for risks 204 (65) 139
Total 995 (75) 223 1,143

Below are the changes of provisions for risks and charges during the financial year:

The "Provision for clientele supplementary indemnity" represents the potential liability with respect to agents in the event of the Company terminating agreements or agents retiring. The amount of the liability has been calculated by an independent actuary as at the reporting date.

The Provision for risks on equity investments, equal to Euro 103 thousand, relates to the subsidiary Piquadro Deutschland GmbH for Euro 33 thousand, to the subsidiary Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. for Euro 24 thousand and to the subsidiary Piquadro Swiss SA for Euro 45 thousand.

Other provisions for risks, equal to Euro 139 thousand mainly relate to the provision for risks on returns on sales equal to Euro 57 thousand, to provision for risks on repairs for Euro 10 thousand and to other provisions for risks on potential liabilities generated by current operations for Euro 73 thousand. The decrease in the provisions for risks was attributable to the adjustment to their value in line with the actual risks.

Note 18 – Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities amounted to Euro 244 thousand (Euro 91 thousand as at 31 March 2014); for the breakdown of the item, reference is made to the information reported in Note 5 above.

Current liabilities

Note 19 – Borrowings

As at 31 March 2015 borrowings were equal to Euro 9,127 thousand compared to Euro 7,110 thousand as at 31 March 2014, for the breakdown, reference is made to Note 13 above. The balance is fully made up for the current portion of Payables to banks for loans.

Note 20 - Payables to other lenders for lease agreements

As at 31 March 2015, they were equal to Euro 625 thousand (Euro 576 thousand as at 31 March 2014) and related to the current portion of Payables to leasing companies in relation to agreements for the finance lease mainly of furniture, fittings and equipment for the shops (Euro 34 thousand) and of the building of the operational headquarters (Euro 591 thousand).

Note 21 – Derivative liabilities

As at 31 March 2015 there were no liabilities relating to currency forward purchases (USD), while as at 31 March 2014 liabilities were equal to Euro 89 thousand. Reference is made to Note 10.

NET FINANCIAL POSITION

The statement below shows the Net Financial Position of Piquadro S.p.A. as a summary of what is detailed in the Notes above:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(A) Cash 52 60
(B) Other cash and cash equivalents (available current bank 10,502 8,855
accounts)
(C) Liquidity (A) + (B) 10,554 8,915
(D) Finance leases (625) (576)
(E) Current bank debt - (3)
(F) Current portion of non-current debt (9,127) (7,107)
(G) Current financial debt (D) + (E) + (F) (9,752) (7,686)
(H) Short-term Net Financial Position (C) + (G) 802 1,229
(I) Non-current bank debt (7,312) (10,317)
(L) Finance leases (2,085) (2,604)
(M) Non-current financial debt (I) + (L) (9,397) (12,921)
(N) Net Financial Position (H) + (M) (8,595) (11,692)

As at 31 March 2015, the Net Financial Position of Piquadro S.p.A. posted a negative value of about Euro 8.6 million, showing an improvement of about Euro 3.1 million compared to the debt of about Euro 11.7 million recorded as at 31 March 2014. The main reasons for the trend in the Net Financial Position are attributable to the following factors:

  • A free cash flow equal to about Euro 5.2 million generated in the year;
  • dividends paid in relation to the profit for the 2013/2014 for Euro 1.0 million (with a payout equal to about 27.7% of the Company's profit);
  • investments in property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-current financial assets for about Euro 1.2 million.

Note 22 – Trade payables

Below is the breakdown of current trade liabilities (including invoices to be received from suppliers):

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to suppliers 12,942 11,878

As at 31 March 2015 payables to suppliers showed an increase of 8.9% compared to 31 March 2014, mainly as a result of seasonal trends relating to purchases of goods, services and investments and increased sales.

Note 23 – Payables to subsidiaries

Below is the breakdown of liabilities to subsidiaries (including invoices to be received):

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Piquadro España SLU 34 38
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 12 23
Piquadro BV* - -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 192 345
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 2,780 1,319
Piquadro Macau Limitada 40 18
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 869 61
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 196 108
Piquadro France SARL 133 125
Piquadro UK Limited 205 116
Payables to subsidiaries 4,461 2,153

* Company wound up on 1 July 2013.

The increase in payables to subsidiaries was mainly attributable to the higher production recorded by the Chinese subsidiary Uni Best as a result of increased turnover and to higher payables arising from the agreements relating to the Intercompany Service Fee.

Note 24 – Other current liabilities

Below is the breakdown of other current liabilities:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Payables to social security institutions 391 360
Payables to Pension funds 26 24
Payables to employees 873 827
Advances from customers 52 53
Payables for VAT 1,115 968
IRPEF tax payables and other tax payables 191 285
Other current liabilities 2,648 2,517

Payables to social security institutions mainly relate to the payables due to INPS as at the reporting date. Payables to employees (equal to Euro 873 thousand) included payables for remuneration and bonuses to be paid with respect to employees of the Company (Euro 643 thousand as at 31 March 2014). Accrued expenses relating to interest on loans were reclassified to borrowings.

Note 25 – Tax payables

Both at 31 March 2015 and at 31 March 2014 the advances paid by the Company for IRES and IRAP tax (equal to Euro 1,500 thousand and Euro 440 thousand, respectively) were higher than the actual IRES and IRAP tax charge (equal to Euro 1,101 thousand and Euro 564 thousand, respectively). For this reason, the Company recorded tax receivables equal to Euro 256 thousand at 31 March 2014 and Euro 907 thousand at 31 March 2015.

COMMENTS ON THE MAIN INCOME STATEMENT ITEMS

Note 26 – Revenues from sales

The breakdown of revenues from sales according to categories of activities is not reported as it is considered not to be significant for the understanding of and the opinion on the economic results.

The Company's revenues are mainly realised in Euro.

Below is the breakdown of revenues by geographical area:

(in thousands
of Euro)
Net revenues as at
31 March 2015
% Net revenues as at
31 March 2014
% % change
2015/2014
Italy 50,862 79.8% 45,575 76.7% 11.6%
Europe 10,049 15.8% 11,437 19.2% -12.1%
Rest of the World 2,861 4.5% 2,406 4.0% 18.6%
Total 63,773 100.0% 59,418 100.0% 7.3%

Note 27 – Other income

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Charge-backs of transport and collection costs 151 162
Insurance and legal refunds 142 12
Revenues from sales at the corners 38 58
Other sundry income 552 566
Other income 883 798

Other income mainly relates for Euro 38 thousand (Euro 58 thousand as at 31 March 2014) to charging back Corners and Euro 151 thousand (Euro 162 thousand as at 31 March 2014) to chargebacks of transport and collection costs to customers. Insurance refunds were mainly attributable to the fire that occurred at the building hosting the Company's operational office in July 2014.

Note 28 – Change in inventories

The change in inventories of raw materials was positive for Euro 386 thousand (negative for Euro 27 thousand as at 31 March 2014), while the change in inventories of semi-finished and finished products was negative for Euro 729 thousand (positive for Euro 2,235 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

Note 29 - Costs for purchases

The item essentially includes the cost of materials used for the production of the Company's goods and of consumables. As at 31 March 2015 costs for purchases were equal to Euro 16,813 thousand (Euro 14,923 thousand as at 31 March 2014).

The table below reports the amount of purchases of raw and secondary materials, consumables and goods for resale, as well as the amount of other production costs incurred in a currency other than the Euro (a portion of these costs is classified under costs for services), the Euro counter-value of these purchases in foreign currency and their impact on the total purchases of raw and secondary materials, consumables and goods for resale.

Currency
amount
Average
exchange
rate
Amount in
thousands of
Euro
Currency
amount
Average
exchange
rate
Amount in
thousands of
Euro
31 March 31 March
2015 2014
US Dollars 24,470,117 1.27 19,296 23,282,152 1.34 17,369
Total
operating
costs
incurred
in
foreign
19,296 17,369
currency

Overall, Piquadro S.p.A. incurred, in the FY 2014/2015, operating costs denominated in a currency other than the Euro for an equivalent amount of Euro 19,296 thousand, equal to 32.3% of the total operating costs (equal to Euro 59,801 thousand).

In the FY 2014/2015, Piquadro S.p.A. made forward purchases of US Dollars for an overall amount of USD 19.7 million (USD 17.4 million in the FY 2013/2014) including purchases in dollars made for the supplies of Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. (net of the sale of leather made by the Company towards the Chinese subsidiary), equal to a counter-value of about Euro 14.3 million at the average exchange rate prevailing in the FY 2014/2015 (about Euro 12.9 million at the average exchange rate prevailing in the FY 2013/2014); therefore 80.4% of the purchases in US Dollars made by the Company was covered (in relation to the FY 2013/2014 90.0% of the purchases in US Dollars made by the Company was covered).

Note 30 - Costs for services and leases and rentals

Below is reported the breakdown of these costs:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Costs for leases and rentals 4,275 4,070
External production 9,812 9,191
Advertising and marketing 3,619 3,177
Administrative services 790 986
Business services 2,960 2,411
Production services 6,155 5,687
Transport services 3,725 3,452
Costs for services and leases and rentals 31,335 28,974

Costs for leases and rentals mainly relate to lease rentals relating to the Company's shops (the number of which increased in the course of the financial year).

External production showed an increase compared to the previous year following a higher recourse to external suppliers to cope with the growth in the sales.

The Company increased advertising and marketing costs and commercial services (about Euro 442 thousand and Euro 549 thousand, respectively) in order to develop and promote the Piquadro brand. The expenses relating to administrative services showed a decrease of Euro 196 thousand, which was mainly due to a lower recourse to external professional services. Production services showed an increase of about Euro 468 thousand, which was mainly due to a higher amount recognized to subsidiaries in consideration of the agreements relating to the "Intercompany Service Fee".

Note 31 - Personnel costs

Below is reported the breakdown of personnel costs:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Wages and salaries 7,207 7,022
Social security contributions 1,988 1,894
TFR 445 411
Personnel costs 9,640 9,327

The table below reports the exact number of the staff members employed by the Company as at 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014:

Units 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Executives 4 5
Office workers 198 195
Manual workers 31 31
Total 233 231

Note 32 - Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs

In the FY 2014/2015, amortisation and depreciation were equal to Euro 1,819 thousand (Euro 1,837 thousand in the FY 2013/2014). Write-downs fully related to the Provision for bad debts from customers, as already commented in Note 7.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Amortisation of intangible assets 460 543
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,359 1,294
Provision for bad debts 386 430
Write-down of other non-current assets 32
Amortisation, depreciation and write-downs 2,205 2,299

Note 33 - Other operating costs

In the FY 2014/2015, other operating costs, equal to Euro 190 thousand (Euro 161 thousand in the FY 2013/2014) mainly related to charges generated from current operations.

Note 34 – Shares of profits (losses) from investee companies

The accrual to the Provision for risks on equity investments related to the adjustment to the value of the equity investments held in Piquadro Deutschland GmbH (Euro 2 thousand) and Piquadro Swiss SA (Euro 46 thousand).

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Write-down of equity investments in subsidiaries 387
Revaluation of equity investments in subsidiaries
Accrual to the Provision for risks on equity investments in 48 25
subsidiaries
Shares of profits (losses) from investee companies 48 412

Note 35 - Financial income

The amount of Euro 1,489 thousand in the FY 2014/2015 (Euro 527 thousand as at 31 March 2014) mainly related to interest receivable on active current accounts for Euro 83 thousand, interest receivable from customers for Euro 40 thousand and foreign exchange gains either realised or estimated for Euro 1,359 thousand (foreign exchange gains either realised or estimated as at 31 march 2014 were equal to Euro 317 thousand).

Note 36 - Financial charges

Below is the breakdown of financial charges:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Interest payable on current accounts 26 27
Interest and expenses subject to final payment 21 29
Financial charges on loans 565 645
Lease charges 40 49
Commissions on credit cards 69 72
Other charges 103 94
Net financial charges on defined-benefit plans 8 7
Foreign exchange losses (either realised or estimated) 890 349
Financial charges 1,722 1,272

Note 37 - Income tax expenses

Below is reported the breakdown of income tax expenses:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
IRES tax 1,050 1,597
IRAP tax 440 562
Total current taxes 1,490 2,159

Current taxes relate to the tax burden calculated on the Company's taxable income.

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Deferred tax liabilities 153 (105)
Deferred tax assets (83) (64)
Total deferred tax assets and liabilities (69) (169)

Below is reported the reconciliation between theoretical and actual tax charge:

(in thousands of Euro) 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
Pre-tax result 4,581 5,602
Theoretical tax charge 27.5% 27.5%
Theoretical income taxes 1,260 1,541
Tax effect of permanent differences (210) 57
Other changes - -
Total 1,050 1,428
IRAP tax 440 562
Current and deferred taxes in the accounts 1,490 2,160

Note 38 – Commitments

a) Commitments for purchases (if any) of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

As at 31 March 2015, the Company had not executed contractual commitments that would entail significant investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets in the FY 2015/2016.

b) Commitments on operating lease agreements

As at 31 March 2015, the Company had executed contractual commitments which will entail future costs for rentals and operating leases which will be charged to the Income Statement on an accruals basis from the FY 2015/2016 onwards, mainly for the leases of DOS shops, as summarised in the table below:

(in thousands of Euro) Within 12 months As at 31 March 2015
From 1 to 5 years
Beyond 5 years Total
Property lease
Other leases 3,310 8,941 3,070 15,322
Total 3,310 8,941 3,070 15,322

Note 39 – Relations with related parties

Piquadro S.p.A., the Parent Company of the Piquadro Group, operates in the leather goods market and designs, produces and markets articles under its own brand. The subsidiaries mainly carry out activities of distribution of products (Piquadro España SLU, Piquadro Hong Kong Ltd, Piquadro Macau Limitada, Piquadro Deutschland GmbH, Piquadro Trading –Shenzhen- Ltd., Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd., Piquadro France SARL, Piquadro Swiss (SA) and Piquadro UK Limited), or production (Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongsanhg Co. Ltd.). The relations with Group companies are mainly commercial and regulated at arm's length. There are also financial relations (intergroup loans) between Piquadro S.p.A. and some subsidiaries, conducted at arm's length.

On 18 November 2010 Piquadro S.p.A. adopted, pursuant to and for the purposes of art. 2391-bis of the Italian Civil Code and of the "Regulation on transactions with related parties" as adopted by CONSOB resolution, the procedures on the basis of which Piquadro S.p.A. and its subsidiaries operate to complete transactions with related parties of Piquadro S.p.A. itself

Below is reported the breakdown of financial receivables from subsidiaries:

Financial receivables 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro)
Controlling companies
Piqubo S.p.A.
Piquadro Holding S.p.A.
Subsidiaries
Piquadro España SLU 35 63
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 125 150
Piquadro Macau Limitada 31
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 75 75
Piquadro Swiss SA 169 172
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 153
Piquadro UK Limited 358 1,177
Provision
for
write-down
of
receivables
from
subsidiaries
Total financial receivables from subsidiaries 762 1,821
Total financial receivables 762 1,821
% Impact 100% 100%

The table below provides the breakdown of trade receivables from subsidiaries, included in the items "Receivables from subsidiaries" as commented on in Note 8:

Trade receivables 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro)
Controlling companies
Piqubo S.p.A. - -
Piquadro Holding S.p.A. - -
Subsidiaries
Piquadro España SLU 274 398
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 70 93
Piquadro BV* - -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 438 1,213
Piquadro Macau Limitada 183 246
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 304 279
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 662 754
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 3,442 2,226
Piquadro Swiss SA 38 97
Piquadro France SARL 248 373
Piquadro UK Limited 13 122
Total trade receivables from subsidiaries 5,673 5,801
Total trade receivables 29,142 28,441
% impact 19.5% 20.4%

*Company wound up on 1 July 2013

Trade receivables from subsidiaries mainly relate to the sale of products for the subsequent distribution by directlyoperated stores, and specifically of Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Ltd, to the sale of raw materials (leather) purchased directly from the Company and then to be used in manufacturing processes.

The table below provides the breakdown of trade payables to subsidiaries, included in the item "Payables to subsidiaries", as commented on in Note 22:

Trade payables 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro)
Controlling companies
Piqubo S.p.A. - -
Piquadro Holding S.p.A. - -
Subsidiaries
Piquadro España SLU 34 38
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 12 23
Piquadro BV* - -
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 192 345
Piquadro Macau Limitada 40 18
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 869 61
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 196 108
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 2,780 1,320
Piquadro France SARL 133 125
Piquadro UK Limited 205 116
Total trade payables to subsidiaries 4,461 2,154
Total trade payables 17,404 14,032
% impact 25.6% 15.3%

*Company wound up on 1 July 2013

Trade payables partly derive from the services rendered in relation to the Service Agreements executed with the subsidiaries Piquadro España SLU, Piquadro Deutschland GmbH, Piquadro France SARL, Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd., Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd., Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. and Piquadro UK Limited, carried out on the basis of market values, and partly from the purchase of finished products realised by the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd..

Below is the breakdown of revenues from (direct and indirect) controlling companies and from subsidiaries:

31 March 2015 31 March 2014
-
-
850 712
87
(34)
109
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 261 534
Piquadro Macau Limitada 82 97
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 79 371
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 491 395
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 1,809 2,162
Piquadro Swiss SA 278 304
Piquadro France SARL 159 251
Piquadro UK Limited 159 109
Total revenues from subsidiaries 4,276 4,988
Total revenues 63,773 59,418
% impact 6.7% 8.4%

*Company wound up on 1 July 2013

Revenues from subsidiaries essentially relate to the sale of leather products by the Company and the transactions were carried out at arm's length.

Below are reported the operating costs towards subsidiaries:

Costs 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro)
Controlling companies
Piqubo S.p.A. 66 39
Piquadro Holding S.p.A. 246 296
Subsidiaries
Piquadro España SLU 173 123
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 146 164
Piquadro BV* 46
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 931 1,520
Piquadro Macau Limitada 147 69
Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. 1,080 636
Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd. 619 402
Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. 7,192 8,152
Piquadro Swiss SA
Piquadro France SARL 477 445
Piquadro UK Limited 438 116
Total costs towards subsidiaries 11,203 12,008
Total operating costs 59,840 53,456
% impact 19.7% 22.5%

*Company wound up on 1 July 2013

Operating costs towards subsidiaries mainly relate to the purchase of finished products made by the Company towards the subsidiary Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. and to the services rendered in relation to the so-called Service Agreements executed with the subsidiaries Piquadro España SLU, Piquadro Deutschland GmbH, Piquadro BV, Piquadro France SARL, Piquadro UK Limited, Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd., Piquadro Macau Limitada, Piquadro Trading Shenzhen Co. Ltd. and Piquadro Taiwan Co. Ltd., carried out on the basis of market values. All transactions were carried out at arm's length.

Piqubo S.p.A., the ultimate parent company, charged Piquadro the rent relating to the use of the plant located in Riola di Vergato (Province of Bologna) as a warehouse.

On 29 June 2012, a lease agreement was entered into between Piquadro Holding S.p.A. and Piquadro S.p.A., concerning the lease of a property for office purposes located in Milan, Piazza San Babila no. 5, which is used as a show-room of Piquadro S.p.A.. This lease agreement has been entered into at arm's length.

Below is reported the financial income from subsidiaries:

Financial income 31 March 2015 31 March 2014
(in thousands of Euro)
Controlling companies
Piqubo S.p.A. - -
Piquadro Holding S.p.A.
Subsidiaries
Piquadro España SLU 1 1
Piquadro Deutschland GmbH 1 2
Piquadro Macau Limitada 1 1
Piquadro Swiss SA 5 3
Piquadro Hong Kong Co. Ltd. 3 3
Piquadro UK Limited 10 2
Total financial income from subsidiaries 21 12
Total financial income 1,489 527
% impact 1.4% 2.3%

The Directors report that, in addition to Piqubo S.p.A., Piquadro Holding S.p.A. and the Palmieri Family Foundation, there are no other related parties (pursuant to IAS 24) of the Piquadro Group.

Below are reported the following financial relations with Piquadro Holding S.p.A.:

  • in the first half-year 2014/2015, Piquadro S.p.A. distributed to the majority shareholder Piquadro Holding S.p.A. dividends of Euro 683,724 relating to the profit for the FY 2013/2014;
  • in the first half-year 2013/2014, Piquadro S.p.A. distributed to the majority shareholder Piquadro Holding S.p.A. dividends of Euro 683,724 724 relating to the profit for the FY 2012/2013.

In the FY 2014/2015 no transactions were effected with the Palmieri Family Foundation, which is a non-profit foundation, whose Founder is Marco Palmieri and which has the purpose of promoting activities aimed at the study, research, training, innovation in the field for the creation of jobs and employment opportunities for needy persons.

Fees due to the Board of Directors

Below are indicated the fees by name (including emoluments due to Directors and current and deferred remuneration, also in kind, by subordinate employment) due to the Directors and to the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors of Piquadro S.p.A. for the FY 2014/2015 for the performance of their duties in the Company and other Group companies, and the fees accrued by any executives with strategic responsibilities (as at 31 March 2015, the Directors had not identified executives with strategic responsibilities):

First and last
name
Position
held
Period in
which the
position was
held
Term of
office
Fees for
the position
Non
cash
benefits
Bonuses
and other
incentives
Other
fees
Total
Marco Palmieri Chairman and 01/04/14- 2016 400 7 - - 407
CEO 31/03/15
Pierpaolo Palmieri Vice 01/04/14- 2016 200 4 - - 204
Chairman and 31/03/15
Executive

(in thousands of Euro)

834 17 - 146 997
Director 31/03/15
Anna Gatti Independent 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Director 31/03/15
Paola Bonomo Independent 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Director
Independent 31/03/15
Gianni Lorenzoni Lead 01/04/14- 2016 18 - - 2 20
Director 31/03/15
Roberto Trotta Executive 01/04/14- 2016 1) 3 - 136 139
Director 31/03/15
Marcello Piccioli Executive 01/04/14- 2016 180 3 - 4 187
Director

1) He waived the emolument for the period from 01/04/2014 to 31/03/2015.

Fees due to the Board of Statutory Auditors

First and
last name
Position
held
Period in which the
position was held
Term of office Fees in
Piquadro
Other fees Total
Giuseppe
Fredella
Regular member
– Chairman
01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 24.8 24.8
Pietro
Michele
Villa
Regular member 01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 16.5 16.5
Patrizia
Riva
Regular member 01/04/14-31/03/15 2016 16.5 16.5

The Statutory Auditors are also entitled to receive the reimbursement of expenses incurred for the reasons of their position, which amounted to Euro 1,637 in the last financial year and the reimbursement of any charges relating to the National Social Security Fund.

Information required by Article 149-duodecies of the CONSOB Issuers' Regulation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --
Type of service Entity performing the service Fees
(in thousands of Euro)
Auditing Parent
Company's
Independent
128
Auditors
Other services Parent
Company's
Independent
20
Auditors and network of the Parent
Company's Independent Auditors
Subsidiary's Auditing Parent
Company's
Independent
67
Auditors and network of the Parent
Company's Independent Auditors

Note 39 – Events after the year end

In addition to the information indicated above, no significant events were reported from 1 April 2015 up to today's date at the Company level.

Note 40 – Other information

a) Shares of Piquadro S.p.A. owned by its Directors or statutory auditors

Below is reported the chart containing the equity investments held by Directors, Statutory Auditors, General Managers, executives with strategic responsibilities and their spouses and minor children in Piquadro S.p.A. and its subsidiaries.

First
and
last name
Position Investee
company
No. of shares
owned at the
end of the
previous
financial year
No. of shares
purchased
No. of
shares sold
No. of shares
owned at the
end of the
current
financial year
Marco
Palmieri
Chairman
CEO (1)
Piquadro
S.p.A.
31,909,407 - - 31,909,407
Pierpaolo
Palmieri
Vice
chairman
Executive
Director (2)
Piquadro
S.p.A.
2,276,801 - - 2,276,801
Roberto
Trotta
Executive
Director
Piquadro
S.p.A.
3,000 - - 3,000

(1) At the end of the FY 2014/2015, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of Piquadro S.p.A., Marco Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 93.34% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., through Piqubo S.p.A., a Company wholly owned by the latter. Piquadro Holding S.p.A., in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

(2) At the end of the 2014/2015, the Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piquadro S.p.A., Pierpaolo Palmieri, owned a stake equal to 6.66% of the Share Capital of Piquadro Holding S.p.A., which in turn, owns 68.37% of the Share Capital of Piquadro S.p.A..

b) Sale transactions with a reconveyance obligation

As at 31 March 2015, the Company had no sale transactions in place subject to an obligation of reconveyance or repurchase of its own assets sold to third-party customers.

c) Information on the financial instruments issued by the Company

The Company did not issue financial instruments during the financial year.

d) Shareholder loans to the Company

The Company has no payables to Shareholders for loans.

e) Information relating to assets and loans intended for a specific business

The Company has not constituted assets intended for a specific business, nor has it raised loans intended for a specific business.

f) Indication of the controlling entity and information on the direction and coordination activity pursuant to article 2497 of the Italian Civil Code

Piquadro S.p.A. is not subject to direction and coordination activities pursuant to Article 2497 and ff. of the Italian Civil Code. In fact, although under Article 2497-sexies of the Italian Civil Code "it is presumed, unless there is evidence to the contrary, that the activity of direction and coordination of companies is carried out by the company or entity that is required to consolidate their financial statements or that controls them in any way pursuant to Article 2359", neither Piqubo S.p.A. nor Piquadro Holding S.p.A., i.e. the companies controlling Piquadro S.p.A., carries out direction and coordination activities in relation to Piquadro S.p.A., in that (i) they do not give instructions to their subsidiary; and (ii) there is no significant organisational/functional connection between these companies and Piquadro S.p.A..

In addition to directly carrying out operating activities, Piquadro S.p.A., in its turn, also carries out direction and coordination activities in relation to the companies it controls, pursuant to Articles 2497 and ff. of the Italian Civil Code.

CERTIFICATION ON THE SEPARATE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 81-Ter of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended and supplemented

The undersigned Marco Palmieri, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, and Roberto Trotta, in his capacity as Manager responsible for the preparation of corporate accounting documents of Piquadro S.p.A., certify, also taking account of the provisions under Article 154-bis, paragraphs 3 and 4, of Legislative Decree no. 58 of 24 February 1998:

  • adequacy in relation to the characteristics of the Company and
  • actual application,

of administrative and accounting procedures for the preparation of the separate financial statements in the course of the period from 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2015.

It is also certified that the separate financial statements as at 31 March 2015:

  • a) have been prepared in accordance with the applicable International Accounting Standards acknowledged by the European Union pursuant to Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002;
  • b) correspond to the results in the accounting books and records;
  • c) are suitable to give a true and correct representation of the equity, economic and financial position of the Issuer.

The Report on Operations includes a reliable analysis of the performance and of the result of operations, as well as of the position of the Issuer, together with a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed.

Silla di Gaggio Montano (Bologna), 18 June 2015

Marco Palmieri Roberto Trotta

Signed: Marco Palmieri Signed: Roberto Trotta

Chief Executive Officer Manager responsible for the preparation of corporate accounting documents

KEY DATA OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SUBSIDIARIES AT 31 MARCH 2015

Below are reported, pursuant to art. 2429, last paragraph, of the Italian Civil Code, the key data of the financial statements of the subsidiaries included in the scope of consolidation

Distributing companies

Income Statement
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro España
SLU
Piquadro Deutschland
GmbH
Piquadro BV
Revenues and other income 1,982 245
Operating costs (1,948) (237)
Operating result 34 8
Financial income (charges) - (1)
Pre-tax operating result 34 7
Income taxes (9) (1)
Result for the period 25 5
Balance Sheet
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro
España SLU
Piquadro Deutschland
GmbH
Piquadro BV
Assets
Non-current assets 203 0 -
Current assets 962 178 -
Total assets 1,165 178 -
Equity and liabilities
Equity 769 (33) -
Non-current liabilities 0 - -
Current liabilities 396 211 -
Total Equity and Liabilities 1,165 178 -
Income Statement
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro
Swiss SA (d)
Piquadro France
SARL
Piquadro UK Limited
Revenues and other income 488 938 788
Operating costs (563) (927) (783)
Operating result (75) 11 5
Financial income (charges) (13) - 6
Pre-tax result (88) 11 11
Income taxes 8 4 (3)
Result for the period (81) 15 8
Balance Sheet Piquadro Piquadro France Piquadro UK Limited
(in thousands of Euro) Swiss SA (d) SARL
Assets
Non-current assets 145 2,402 947
Current assets 232 511 456
Total assets 377 2,913 1,403
Equity and liabilities
Equity (82) 2,534 964
Non-current liabilities - - -
Current liabilities 459 379 439
Total Equity and Liabilities 377 2,913 1,403

Distributing companies

Income Statement
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro
Hong Kong
Co. Ltd. (a)
Piquadro Macau
Limitada (a)
Piquadro Trading
Shenzhen Co. Ltd.
(b)
Piquadro Taiwan
Co. Ltd. (c)
Revenues and other income 1,850 483 1,195 1,718
Operating costs (1,835) (478) (1,191) (1,643)
Operating result 15 5 4 74
Financial income (charges) 160 53 (22) 53
Pre-tax result 175 58 (18) 127
Income taxes (29) (16) 5 (22)
Result for the period 146 42 (13) 105
Balance Sheet
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro
Hong Kong
Co. Ltd. (a)
Piquadro Macau
Limitada (a)
Piquadro Trading
Shenzhen Co. Ltd.
(b)
Piquadro Taiwan
Co. Ltd. (c)
Assets
Non-current assets 560 84 415 473
Current assets 482 267 1,705 1,235
Total Assets 1,042 351 2,120 1,717
Equity and liabilities
Equity 391 130 1,279 785
Non-current liabilities - - - -
Current liabilities 651 221 841 932
Total Equity and Liabilities 1,042 351 2,120 1,717
Income Statement
(in thousands of Euro)
Piquadro LLC (f) Piquadro USA INC. (f)
Revenues and other income
Operating costs
Operating result
Financial income (charges)
Pre-tax result
Income taxes
Balance Sheet Piquadro LLC Piquadro USA INC. (f)
(in thousands of Euro)
Assets
Non-current assets 57 462
Current assets 436 3
Total Assets 493 465
Equity and Liabilities
Equity 462 465
Non-current liabilities -
Current liabilities 31 -
Total Equity and Liabilities 493 465

Production companies

Income Statement Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. (b)
(in thousands of Euro)
Revenues and other income 7,846
Operating costs (7,603)
Operating result 243
Financial income (charges) 16
Pre-tax result 259
Income taxes (65)
Result for the period 194
Balance Sheet Uni Best Leather Goods Zhongshan Co. Ltd. (b)
(in thousands of Euro)
Assets
Non-current assets 173
Current assets 4,612
Total Assets 4,785
Equity and Liabilities
Equity 560
Non-current liabilities -
Current liabilities 4,225

Total Equity and Liabilities 4,785

Currency Average exchange rate * Final exchange rate *
2015 2015
(a) Hong Kong Dollar (HKD) 9.83 8.34
(b) Renminbi (RMB) 7.86 6.67
(c) Taiwan Dollar (TWD) 38.78 33.65
(d) Swiss Franc (CHF) 1.18 1.05
(e) Great Britain Pound (GBP) 0.79 0.73
(f) US Dollar (USD) 1.27 1.08

AUDITORS' REPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLES 14 AND 16 OF LEGISLATIVE DECREE NO. 39 DATED 27 JANUARY 2010

To the Shareholders of Piquadro SpA

  • 1 We have audited the separate financial statements of Piquadro SpA (hereinafter also the "Company") as of 31 March 2015, which comprise statement of financial position, income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows and related notes. The Directors of Piquadro SpA are responsible for the preparation of these separate financial statements in compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, as well as with the regulations issued to implement article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
  • 2 We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards and criteria recommended by CONSOB (the Italian Commission for listed companies and the Stock Exchange). Those standards and criteria require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain the necessary assurance about whether the separate financial statements are free of material misstatement and, taken as a whole, are presented fairly. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the Directors. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

For the opinion on the separate financial statements of the prior period, which are presented for comparative purposes, reference is made to our report dated 26 June 2014.

  • 3 In our opinion, the separate financial statements of Piquadro SpA as of 31 March 2015 comply with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, as well as with the regulations issued to implement article 9 of Legislative Decree no. 38/2005; accordingly, they have been prepared clearly and give a true and fair view of the financial position, result of operations and cash flows of the Company for the period then ended.
  • 4 The Directors of Piquadro SpA are responsible for the preparation of the report on operations (jointly prepared for both separate and consolidated financial statements) and the report on corporate governance and ownership structure published in the section "Investor relations – Corporate governance" of the website of Piquadro SpA in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consistency of the report on operations and of the information referred to in paragraph 1, letters c), d), f), l), m) and paragraph

2, letter b) of article 123-bis of Legislative Decree no. 58/98 presented in the report on corporate governance and ownership structure, with the separate financial statements, as required by law. For this purpose, we have performed the procedures required under Italian Auditing Standard no. 001 issued by the Italian Accounting Profession (Consiglio Nazionale dei Dottori Commercialisti e degli Esperti Contabili) and recommended by CONSOB. In our opinion, the report on operations and the information referred to in paragraph 1, letters c), d), f), l), m) and paragraph 2, letter b) of article 123-bis of Legislative Decree no. 58/98 presented in the report on corporate governance and ownership structure are consistent with the separate financial statements of Piquadro SpA as of 31 March 2015.

Bologna, 25 June 2015

PricewaterhouseCoopers SpA

signed by

Gianni Bendandi (Partner)

"This report has been translated into the English language from the original, which was issued in Italian language, solely for the convenience of international readers."

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.